Combination Therapy with Controlled-Release CNP Agonists

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to a combination of a CNP agonist and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of disorders that benefit from stimulating growth, pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one CNP agonist, preferably controlled-release CNP agonist, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one further biologically active moiety or drug, to using these pharmaceutical compositions as a medicament, to their use in the treatment of disorders that benefit from stimulating growth and to methods of preventing or treating a patient having a disorder that benefits from stimulating growth.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a divisional of US 16/338,185, filed Mar. 29, 2019, which is a national stage entry of PCT/EP2017/074596, filed Sep. 28, 2017, incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes, which claims the benefit of EP 16191456.9 filed Sep. 29, 2016.

SEQUENCE LISTING

This application includes sequences in file 586555SEQLST.XML of 168908 bytes, created Apr. 11, 2023, which is incorporated by reference.

BACKGROUND

The present invention relates to a combination of a CNP agonist and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of disorders that benefit from stimulating growth, pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one CNP agonist, preferably controlled-release CNP agonist, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one further biologically active moiety or drug, to using these pharmaceutical compositions as a medicament, to their use in the treatment of disorders that benefit from stimulating growth and to methods of preventing or treating a patient having a disorder that benefits from stimulating growth.

Skeletal development starts in the early embryo and continues postnatally until adulthood when peak bone mass is reached. The key process controlling longitudinal growth is endochondral bone formation. This process occurs at growth plates in the axial and appendicular skeleton as chondrocytes proliferate, differentiate, increase in size, synthesize collagen, calcify matrix, and become apoptotic, ultimately leading to the recruitment of osteoblasts that replace the calcified cartilage matrix with bone. Endochondral growth is regulated by endocrine, paracrine, and autocrine factors.

One disorder that benefits from stimulating growth is achondroplasia. Achondroplasia (ACH) is caused by a gain-of-function mutation in fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (FGFR3) gene. The normal function of FGFR3 is to slow down formation of bone by inhibiting the proliferation and differentiation of chondrocytes, the cells that produce cartilage. The mutation increases the activity of FGFR3, severely limiting bone growth. Growth hormone treatment, directly increasing linear growth by stimulating proliferation of epiphyseal growth plate precursor cells and enhancing local production of IGF-1 followed by clonal expansion of differentiating chondrocytes, has demonstrated moderate improvement of the height velocity of children with achondroplasia without obvious side effects. A greater increase in spinal height, compared to the length of the legs accentuated the existing disproportion. As a result, to restore proportionate adult stature within the normal range, addition of later surgical leg lengthening was proposed (Ramaswami et al. Pediatric Research (1999) 46, 435-435).

Binding of CNP to its receptor, natriuretic peptide receptor B (NPR-B) expressed in proliferating and prehypertrophic chondrocytes, inhibits FGFR3 downstream signaling at the level of Raf-1 and thus triggers endochondral growth and skeletal overgrowth, as observed in both mice and humans overexpressing CNP (Lorget et al, The American Journal of Human Genetics 91, 1108-1114, Dec. 7, 2012).

Administration of a CNP variant to normal mice, normal growing monkeys, or achondroplasia mice resulted in growth of the axial and appendicular skeletons (Wendt et al. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 353:132-149, April 2015).

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In summary, there is a need for a more efficacious and safer treatment, which avoids the cardiovascular side effects, such as hypotension.

It is therefore an object of the present invention to provide improved treatments of various growth-related disorders.

This object is achieved with a combination of a CNP agonist and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of disorders that benefit from stimulating growth.

It is a further object of the present invention to provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CNP agonist, preferably controlled-release CNP agonist, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one further biologically active moiety or drug.

It is a further object of the present invention to provide a method of treating or preventing a patient having a disorder that benefits from stimulating growth, the method comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of a combination of a CNP agonist and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug

It was surprisingly found that co-treatment, preferably co-administration of at least one CNP agonist, preferably controlled-release CNP agonist, and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug provides beneficial effects in the treatment of certain diseases.

In a preferred embodiment the present invention relates to a combination of a CNP agonist, preferably a controlled-release CNP agonist, and an hGH, preferably a controlled-release hGH, for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of disorders. Accordingly, it also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a CNP agonist, preferably controlled-release agonist, and an hGH, preferably controlled-release hGH and to a method of treating or preventing a patient having a disorder that benefits from stimulating growth, the method comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of a combination of a CNP agonist, preferably a controlled-release CNP agonist, and a hGH, preferably a controlled-release hGH.

A combination of a controlled-release CNP agonist and hGH has resulted in a better response in all treated individuals which provides a suitable treatment also for patients that would not respond to CNP alone. It was further found that a combination of a controlled-release CNP agonist and hGH required lower doses than required for the controlled-release CNP agonist or the hGH alone to achieve the same effect. This is advantageous, because lower doses reduce the risk of side effects.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 : Structure of CNP according to SEQ ID NO:1.

FIG. 2 : Proliferative zone width (Pz.Wi; µm) of right tibia measured using histomorphometry.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Within the present invention the terms are used having the meaning as follows.

As used herein the term “CNP agonist” refers to any compound that activates natriuretic peptide receptor B (NPR-B) and has an EC₅₀ that is at most 50-fold higher than the NPR-B activity of CNP-22 (SEQ ID NO: 1).

As used herein the term “controlled-release CNP agonist” refers to any compound, conjugate, crystal or admixture that comprises at least one CNP agonist and from which the at least one CNP agonist is released with a release half-life of at least 6 hours. Accordingly, in general a “controlled-release compound” refers to any compound, conjugate, crystal or admixture that comprises at least one biologically active moiety or drug and from which at least one drug or modified biologically active moiety, preferably drug, is released with a half-life of at least 6 hours.

As used herein the term “stable conjugate” refers to any covalent conjugate of at least one biologically active moiety to another moiety, wherein the at least one biologically active moiety is connected to said other moiety through a stable linkage.

As used herein the term “unit dose” refers to the dose of the pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one CNP agonist or controlled-release CNP agonist and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug to be administered to a patient in one administration.

As used herein the term “release half-life” refers to the time needed until half of all CNP agonist molecules are released from the controlled-release CNP agonist. Such release may for example occur through diffusion, hydrolysis or enzymatic cleavage.

As used herein the term “CNP” refers all CNP polypeptides, preferably from mammalian species, more preferably from human and mammalian species, more preferably from human and murine species, as well as their variants, analogs, orthologs, homologs, and derivatives and fragments thereof, that are characterized by regulating the growth, proliferation and differentiation of cartilaginous growth plate chondrocytes. Preferably, the term “CNP” refers to the CNP polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24 as well as its variants, homologs and derivatives exhibiting essentially the same biological activity, i.e. regulating the growth, proliferation and differentiation of cartilaginous growth plate chondrocytes. More preferably, the term “CNP” refers to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24.

Naturally occurring CNP-22 (SEQ ID NO:1) has the following sequence:

GLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC,

wherein the cysteines at position 6 and 22 are connected through a disulfide-bridge, as illustrated in FIG. 1 .

SEQ ID NO:24 has the following sequence:

LQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC,

wherein the cysteines at position 22 and 38 are connected through a disulfide-bride.

The term “CNP” also includes all CNP variants, analogs, orthologs, homologs and derivatives and fragments thereof as disclosed in WO 2009/067639 A2 and WO 2010/135541 A2, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

Accordingly, the term “CNP” also refers preferably to the following peptide sequences:

SEQ ID NO:2 (CNP-53):DLRVDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGAN KKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:3 (G-CNP-53):GDLRVDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYK GANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:4 (M-CNP-53):MDLRVDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYK GANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:5 (P-CNP-53):PDLRVDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYK GANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO.6 (CNP-53 M48N):DLRVDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARK YKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSNSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:7 (CNP-53 Δ15-31):DLRVDTKSRAAWARGLSKGCFG LKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:8 (CNP-52):LRVDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANK KGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:9 (CNP-51):RVDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKK GLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:10 (CNP-50):VDTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKK GLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:11 (CNP-49):DTKSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKG LSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO: 12 (CNP-48):KSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGL SKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:13 (CNP-47):KSRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLS KGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:14 (CNP-46):SRAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSK GCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:15 (CNP-45):RAAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKG CFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:16 (CNP-44):AAWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGC FGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:17 (CNP-44 Δ14-22):AAWARLLQEHPNAGLSKGCFG LKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:18 (CNP-44 Δ15-22):AAWARLLQEHPNARGLSKGCF GLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:19 (CNP-43):AWARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCF GLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:20 (CNP-42):WARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFG LKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:21 (CNP-41):ARLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGL KLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:22 (CNP-40):RLLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLK LDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:23 (CNP-39):LLQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKL DRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO: 24 (CNP-38):LQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKL DRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO: 25 (CNP-37):QEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLD RIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO: 26 (CNP-37 Q1pQ, wherein pQ = pyrogluta mate):pQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:27 (G-CNP-37):GQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLK LDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:28 (P-CNP-37):PQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLK LDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:29 (M-CNP-37):MQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLK LDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:30 (PG-CNP-37; vosoritide):PGQEHPNARKYKG ANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:31 (MG-CNP-37):MGQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFG LKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:32 (CNP-37 M32N):QEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFG LKLDRIGSNSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO: 33 (G-CNP-37 M32N):GQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSK GCFGLKLDRIGSNSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:34 (G-CNP-37 K14Q):GQEHPNARKYKGANQKGLSKG CFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:35 (G-CNP-37 K14P):GQEHPNARKYKGANPKGLSKG CFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:36 (G-CNP-37 K14Q, Δ15):GQEHPNARKYKGANQG LSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:37 (G-CNP-37 K14Q, K15Q):GQEHPNARKYKGANQ QGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:38 (CNP-36):EHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRI GSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:39 (CNP-35):HPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIG SMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:40 (CNP-34):PNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGS MSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:41 (CNP-33):NARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSM SGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:42 (CNP-32):ARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMS GLGC;

SEQ ID NO:43 (CNP-31):RKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSG LGC;

SEQ ID NO:44 (CNP-30):KYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGL GC;

SEQ ID NO:45 (CNP-29):YKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLG C;

SEQ ID NO:46 (CNP-28):KGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC ;

SEQ ID NO:47 (GHKSEVAHRF-CNP-28):GHKSEVAHRFKGANKKG LSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:48 (CNP-27):GANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:49 (CNP-27 K4Q, K5Q):GANQQGLSKGCFGLKLDRI GSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:50 (CNP-27 K4R,K5R):GANRRGLSKGCFGLKLDRIG SMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:51 (CNP-27 K4P,K5R):GANPRGLSKGCFGLKLDRIG SMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:52 (CNP-27 K4S,K5S):GANSSGLSKGCFGLKLDRIG SMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:53 (CNP-27 K4P,K5R):GANGANPRGLSRGCFGLKLD RIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:54 (CNP-27 K4R, K5R, K9R):GANRRGLSRGCFGL KLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:55 (CNP-27 K4R, K5R, K9R, M22N):GANRRGLS RGCFGLKLDRIGSNSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:56 (P-CNP-27 K4R, K5R, K9R):PGANRRGLSRGC FGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:57 (M-CNP-27 K4R, K5R, K9R):MGANRRGLSRGC FGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:58 (HSA fragment-CNP-27):GHKSEVAHRFKGANK KGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLG;

SEQ ID NO:59 (HSA fragment-CNP-27 M22N):GHKSEVAHRF KGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSNSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:60 (M-HSA fragment-CNP-27):MGHKSEVAHRFKG ANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:61 (P-HSA fragment-CNP-27):PGHKSEVAHRFKG ANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:62 (CNP-26):ANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:63 (CNP-25):NKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:64 (CNP-24):KKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:65 (CNP-23):KGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:66 (R-CNP-22):RGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:67 (ER-CNP-22):ERGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:68 (R-CNP-22 K4R):RGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLG C;

SEQ ID NO:69 (ER-CNP-22 4KR):ERGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSG LGC;

SEQ ID NO:70 (RR-CNP-22):RRGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:71 (HRGP fragment-CNP-22):GHHSHEQHPHGANQ QGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO.72 (HRGP fragment-CNP-22):GAHHPHEHDTHGAN QQGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:73 (HRGP fragment-CNP-22):GHHSHEQHPHGANP RGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:74 (IgG₁(F_(c)) fragment-CNP-22):GQPREPQVYT LPPSGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:75 (HSA fragment-CNP-22):GQHKDDNPNLPRGAN PRGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:76 (HSA fragment-CNP-22):GERAFKAWAVARLSQ GLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:77 (osteocrin NPR C inhibitor fragment-C NP22):FGIPMDRIGRNPRGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:78 (FGF2 heparin-binding domain fragment -CNP22):GKRTGQYKLGSKTGPGPKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:79 (IgG₁(F_(c)) fragment-CNP-22 K4R):GQPREP QVYTGANQQGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:80 (HSA fragment-CNP-22 K4R):GVPQVSTSTGA NQQGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:81 (fibronectin fragment-CNP-22 K4R):GQP SSSSQSTGANQQGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:82 (fibronectin fragment-CNP-22 K4R):GQT HSSGTQSGANQQGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:83 (fibronectin fragment-CNP-22 K4R):GST GQWHSESGANQQGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:84 (zinc finger fragment-CNP-22 K4R):GSS SSSSSSSGANQQGLSRGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:85 (CNP-21):LSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:86 (CNP-20):SKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:87 (CNP-19):KGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:88 (CNP-18):GCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:89 (CNP-17):CFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:90 (BNP fragment-CNP-17-BNP fragment):SP KMVQGSGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGCKVLRRH;

SEQ ID NO:91 (CNP-38 L1G):GQEHPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFG LKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

SEQ ID NO:92 (Ac-CNP-37; wherein Ac= acetyl):Ac-QE HPNARKYKGANKKGLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC;

It is understood that the equivalents of the cysteines in positions 22 and 38 of SEQ ID NO:24 are also connected through a disulfide-bridge in SEQ ID NOs: 2 to 92.

More preferably, the term “CNP” refers to the sequence of SEQ ID:NOs 2, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30, 32, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 91, 92. Even more preferably, the term “CNP” refers to the sequence of SEQ ID:NOs 23, 24, 25, 26, 38, 39, 91 and 92. In a particularly preferred embodiment the term “CNP” refers to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24. In another preferred embodiment the term “CNP” refers to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:26.

In another preferred embodiment the term “CNP” refers to a sequence of SEQ ID NO:93

QEHPNARX₁YX₂GANX₃X₄GLSX₅GCFGLX₆LDRIGSMSGLGC,

wherein X₁, X₂, X₃, X₄, X₅ and X₆ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of K, R, P, S and Q, with the provision that at least one of X₁, X₂, X₃, X₄, X₅ and X₆ is selected from the group consisting of R, P, S and Q; preferably X₁, X₂, X₃, X₄, X₅ and X₆ are selected from the group consisting of K and R, with the provision that at least one of X₁, X₂, X₃, X₄, X₅ and X₆ is R;

even more preferably to a sequence of SEQ ID NO:94

QEHPNARKYKGANX₁X₂GLSX₃GCFGLX₄LDRIGSMSGLGC,

wherein X₁, X₂, X₃ and X₄ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of K, R, P, S and Q, with the provision that at least one of X₁, X₂, X₃ and X₄ is selected from the group consisting of R, P, S and Q; preferably X₁, X₂, X₃ and X₄ are selected from K and R, with the provision that at least one of X₁, X₂, X₃ and X₄ is R;

and most preferably to a sequence of SEQ ID NO:95

QEHPNARKYKGANX₁X₂GLSKGCFGLKLDRIGSMSGLGC,

wherein X₁X₂ are selected from the group consisting of KR, RK, KP, PK, SS, RS, SR, QK, QR, KQ, RQ, RR and QQ.

It is understood that in all CNP sequences given in this specification the equivalents of the cysteines in positions 22 and 38 of SEQ ID NO:24 are also connected through a disulfide-bridge in SEQ ID NOs: 93 to 95.

It is understood that the present invention also encompasses CNP variants in which any one or more, up to all, residues susceptible to deamidation or a deamidation-like reaction (e.g., isomerization) may be converted to other residue(s) via deamidation or a deamidation-like reaction to any extent, up to 100% conversion per converted residue. In certain embodiments, the disclosure encompasses CNP variants in which:

-   (1) any one or more, up to all, asparagine (Asn/N) residues may be     converted to aspartic acid or aspartate, and/or to isoaspartic acid     or isoaspartate, via deamidation up to about 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%,     50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% conversion per converted residue; or -   (2) any one or more, up to all, glutamine (Gln/Q) residues may be     converted to glutamic acid or glutamate, and/or to isoglutamic acid     or isoglutamate, via deamidation up to about 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%,     50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% conversion per converted residue; or -   (3) any one or more, up to all, aspartic acid or aspartate (Asp/D)     residues may be converted to isoaspartic acid or isoaspartate via a     deamidation-like reaction (also called isomerization) up to about     5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% conversion     per converted residue; or -   (4) any one or more, up to all, glutamic acid or glutamate (Glu/E)     residues may be converted to isoglutamic acid or isoglutamate via a     deamidation-like reaction (also called isomerization) up to about     5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% conversion     per converted residue; -   (5) the N-terminal glutamine (if present) may be converted into     pyroglutamate up to about 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%,     80%, 90% or 100% conversion; or (5) a combination of the above.

As used herein, the term “CNP polypeptide variant” refers to a polypeptide from the same species that differs from a reference CNP polypeptide. Preferably, such reference CNP polypeptide sequence is the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24. Generally, differences are limited so that the amino acid sequence of the reference and the variant are closely similar overall and, in many regions, identical. Preferably, CNP polypeptide variants are at least 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% identical to a reference CNP polypeptide, preferably the CNP polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24. By a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for example, 95% “identical” to a query amino acid sequence, it is intended that the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptide is identical to the query sequence except that the subject polypeptide sequence may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acids of the query amino acid sequence. These alterations of the reference sequence may occur at the amino (N-terminal) or carboxy terminal (C-terminal) positions of the reference amino acid sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among residues in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence. The query sequence may be an entire amino acid sequence of the reference sequence or any fragment specified as described herein. Preferably, the query sequence is the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

Such CNP polypeptide variants may be naturally occurring variants, such as naturally occurring allelic variants encoded by one of several alternate forms of a CNP occupying a given locus on a chromosome or an organism, or isoforms encoded by naturally occurring splice variants originating from a single primary transcript. Alternatively, a CNP polypeptide variant may be a variant that is not known to occur naturally and that can be made mutagenesis techniques known in the art.

It is known in the art that one or more amino acids may be deleted from the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of a bioactive peptide or protein without substantial loss of biological function. Such N- and/or C-terminal deletions are also encompassed by the term CNP polypeptide variant.

It is also recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art that some amino acid sequences of CNP polypeptides can be varied without significant effect of the structure or function of the peptide. Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and substitutions selected according to general rules known in the art so as to have little effect on activity. For example, guidance concerning how to make phenotypically silent amino acid substitutions is provided in Bowie et al. (1990), Science 247:1306-1310, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, wherein the authors indicate that there are two main approaches for studying the tolerance of the amino acid sequence to change.

The term CNP polypeptide also encompasses all CNP polypeptides encoded by CNP analogs, orthologs, and/or species homologs. As used herein, the term “CNP analog” refers to CNP of different and unrelated organisms which perform the same functions in each organism but which did not originate from an ancestral structure that the organisms’ ancestors had in common. Instead, analogous CNPs arose separately and then later evolved to perform the same or similar functions. In other words, analogous CNP polypeptides are polypeptides with quite different amino acid sequences but that perform the same biological activity, namely regulating the growth, proliferation and differentiation of cartilaginous growth plate chondrocytes.

As used herein the term “CNP ortholog” refers to CNP within two different species which sequences are related to each other via a common homologous CNP in an ancestral species, but which have evolved to become different from each other.

As used herein, the term “CNP homolog” refers to CNP of different organisms which perform the same functions in each organism and which originate from an ancestral structure that the organisms’ ancestors had in common. In other words, homologous CNP polypeptides are polypeptides with quite similar amino acid sequences that perform the same biological activity, namely regulating the growth, proliferation and differentiation of cartilaginous growth plate chondrocytes. Preferably, CNP polypeptide homologs may be defined as polypeptides exhibiting at least 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% identity to a reference CNP polypeptide, preferably the CNP polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24.

Thus, a CNP polypeptide according to the invention may be, for example: (i) one in which at least one of the amino acids residues is substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue, preferably a conserved amino acid residue, and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code; and/or (ii) one in which at least one of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group; and/or (iii) one in which the CNP polypeptide is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol); and/or (iv) one in which additional amino acids are fused to the CNP polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the above form of the polypeptide or a pre-protein sequence.

As used herein, the term “CNP polypeptide fragment” refers to any peptide comprising a contiguous span of a part of the amino acid sequence of a CNP polypeptide, preferably the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24.

More specifically, a CNP polypeptide fragment comprises at least 6, such as at least 8, at least 10 or at least 17 consecutive amino acids of a CNP polypeptide, more preferably of the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:24. A CNP polypeptide fragment may additionally be described as sub-genuses of CNP polypeptides comprising at least 6 amino acids, wherein “at least 6” is defined as any integer between 6 and the integer representing the C-terminal amino acid of a CNP polypeptide, preferably of the polypeptide of SEQ ID No:24. Further included are species of CNP polypeptide fragments at least 6 amino acids in length, as described above, that are further specified in terms of their N-terminal and C-terminal positions. Also encompassed by the term “CNP polypeptide fragment” as individual species are all CNP polypeptide fragments, at least 6 amino acids in length, as described above, that may be particularly specified by a N-terminal and C-terminal position. That is, every combination of a N-terminal and C-terminal position that a fragment at least 6 contiguous amino acid residues in length could occupy, on any given amino acid sequence of a CNP polypeptide, preferably the CNP polypeptide of SEQ ID:NO24 is included in the present invention.

The term “CNP” also includes poly(amino acid) conjugates which have a sequence as described above, but having a backbone that comprises both amide and non-amide linkages, such as ester linkages, like for example depsipeptides. Depsipeptides are chains of amino acid residues in which the backbone comprises both amide (peptide) and ester bonds. Accordingly, the term “side chain” as used herein refers either to the moiety attached to the alpha-carbon of an amino acid moiety, if the amino acid moiety is connected through amine bonds such as in polypeptides, or to any carbon atom-comprising moiety attached to the backbone of a poly(amino acid) conjugate, such as for example in the case of depsipeptides. Preferably, the term “CNP” refers to polypeptides having a backbone formed through amide (peptide) bonds.

As the term CNP includes the above-described variants, analogs, orthologs, homologs, derivatives and fragments of CNP, all references to specific positions within a reference sequence also include the equivalent positions in variants, analogs, orthologs, homologs, derivatives and fragments of a CNP moiety, even if not specifically mentioned.

As used herein, the term “ring moiety” refers to the stretch of consecutive amino acid residues of the CNP drug or moiety that is located between two cysteine residues that form an intramolecular disulphide bridge or between homologous amino acid residues which are connected through a chemical linker. Preferably, the ring moiety is located between two cysteine residues that form an intramolecular disulphide bridge. These two cysteines correspond to the cysteines at position 22 and position 38 in the sequence of CNP-38 (SEQ ID NO:24). Accordingly, amino acids 23 to 37 are located in said ring moiety, if the CNP drug or moiety has the sequence of CNP-22.

Independently of the length of the CNP moiety, the sequence of the ring moiety of wild-type CNP is FGLKLDRIGSMSGLG (SEQ ID NO:96).

As described above, the term “CNP” relates to CNP drugs or moieties having different numbers of amino acids. The person skilled in the art understands that in CNP drugs or moieties of different lengths the positions of equivalent amino acids vary and the skilled artisan will have no difficulty identifying the two cysteines forming the disulphide bridge or their two homologous amino acid residues connected to each other through a chemical linker in longer, shorter and/or otherwise modified CNP versions.

As the term CNP includes the above-described variants, analogs, orthologs, homologs, derivatives and fragments of CNP, the term “ring moiety” also includes the corresponding variants, analogs, orthologs, homologs, derivatives and fragments of the sequence of SEQ ID NO:96. Accordingly, all references to specific positions within a reference sequence also include the equivalent positions in variants, analogs, orthologs, homologs, derivatives and fragments of a CNP moiety, even if not explicitly mentioned.

As used herein, the term “random coil” refers to a peptide or protein adopting/having/forming, preferably having, a conformation which substantially lacks a defined secondary and tertiary structure as determined by circular dichroism spectroscopy performed in aqueous buffer at ambient temperature, and pH 7.4. Preferably, ambient temperature is about 20° C., i.e. between 18° C. and 22° C., most preferably ambient temperature is 20° C.

As used herein the term “micelle” means an aggregate of amphiphilic molecules dispersed in a liquid colloid. In aqueous solution a typical micelle forms an aggregate with the hydrophilic moiety of the surfactant molecules facing the surrounding solvent and the hydrophobic moiety of the surfactant molecule facing inwards, also called “normal-phase micelle”. “Invers micelles” have the hydrophilic moiety facing inwards and the hydrophobic moiety facing the surrounding solvent.

As used herein the term “liposome” refers to a vesicle, preferably a spherical vesicle, having at least one lipid bilayer. Preferably, liposomes comprise phospholipids, even more preferably phosphatidylcholine. The term “liposome” refers to various structures and sizes, such as, for example, to multilamellar liposome vesicles (MLV) having more than one concentric lipid bilayer with an average diameter of 100 to 1000 nm, small unilamellar liposome vesicles (SUV) having one lipid bilayer and an average diameter of 25 to 100 nm, large unilamellar liposome vesicles (LUV) having one lipid bilayer and an average diameter of about 1000 µm and giant unilamellar vesicles (GUV) having one lipid bilayer and an average diameter of 1 to 100 µm. The term “liposome” also includes elastic vesicles such as transferosomes and ethosomes, for example.

As used herein the term “aquasome” refers to spherical nanoparticles having a diameter of 60 to 300 nm that comprise at least three layers of self-assembled structure, namely a solid phase nanocrystalline core coated with an oligomeric film to which drug molecules are adsorbed with or without modification of the drug.

As used herein the term “ethosome” refers to lipid vesicles comprising phospholipids and ethanol and/or isopropanol in relatively high concentration and water, having a size ranging from tens of nanometers to micrometers.

As used herein the term “LeciPlex” refers to positively charged phospholipid-based vesicular system which comprises soy PC, a cationic agent, and a bio-compatible solvent like PEG 300, PEG 400, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol polyethylene glycol ether or 2-pyrrolidoneor N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.

As used herein the term “niosome” refers to unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles comprising non-ionic surfactants.

As used herein the term “pharmacosome” refers to ultrafine vesicular, micellar or hexagonal aggregates from lipids covalently bound to biologically active moieties.

As used herein the term “proniosome” refers to dry formulations of surfactant-coated carrier which on rehydration and mild agitation gives niosomes.

As used herein the term “polymersome” refers to an artificial spherical vesicle comprising a membrane formed from amphiphilic synthetic block copolymers and may optionally comprise an aqueous solution in its core. A polymersome has a diameter ranging from 50 nm to 5 µm and larger. The term also includes syntosomes, which are polymersomes engineered to comprise channels that allow certain chemicals to pass through the membrane into or out of the vesicle.

As used herein the term “sphingosome” refers to a concentric, bilayered vesicle in which an aqueous volume is entirely enclosed by a membranous lipid bilayer mainly composed of natural or synthetic sphingolipid.

As used herein the term “transferosome” refers to ultraflexible lipid vesicles comprising an aqueous core that are formed from a mixture of common polar and suitable edge-activated lipids which facilitate the formation of highly curved bilayers which render the transferosome highly deformable.

As used herein the term “ufasome” refers to a vesicle comprising unsaturated fatty acids.

As used herein the term “aptamer” refers to an oligonucleotide or peptide molecule that binds a specific molecule. The term “aptamer” includes DNA, RNA, XNA and peptide aptamers.

As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide” refers to a short nucleic acid polymer of up to 100 bases.

As used herein the term “polypeptide” refers to a peptide comprising up to and including 50 amino acid monomers.

As used herein the term “protein” refers to a peptide of more than 50 amino acid residues. Preferably a protein comprises at most 20000 amino acid residues, such as at most 15000 amino acid residues, such as at most 10000 amino acid residues, such as at most 5000 amino acid residues, such as at most 4000 amino acid residues, such as at most 3000 amino acid residues, such as at most 2000 amino acid residues, such as at most 1000 amino acid residues.

As used herein the terms “small molecule drug” and “small molecule biologically active moiety” refer to drugs and biologically active moieties that are organic compounds having a molecular weight of no more than 1 kDa, such as up to 900 Da.

As used herein the term “natural product” refers to purified organic compounds isolated from natural sources that are produced by the pathways of primary or secondary metabolism.

As used herein the term “physiological conditions” refers to an aqueous buffer at pH 7.4, 37° C.

As used herein the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a composition containing one or more active ingredients, such as for example the CNP agonist or controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention, and one or more excipients, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients of the composition, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention encompass any composition made by admixing one or more CNP agonist or controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

As used herein the term “liquid composition” refers to a mixture comprising water-soluble CNP agonist or controlled-release CNP agonist, at least one water-soluble further drug or biologically active moiety and one or more solvents, such as water.

The term “suspension composition” relates to a mixture comprising water-insoluble controlled-release CNP agonist and/or water-insoluble further drug or biologically active moiety and one or more solvents, such as water.

As used herein, the term “dry composition” means that a pharmaceutical composition is provided in a dry form. Suitable methods for drying are spray-drying and lyophilization, i.e. freeze-drying. Such dry composition of prodrug has a residual water content of a maximum of 10%, preferably less than 5% and more preferably less than 2%, determined according to Karl Fischer. Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is dried by lyophilization.

The term “drug” as used herein refers to a substance used in the treatment, cure, prevention, or diagnosis of a disease or used to otherwise enhance physical or mental well-being. If a drug is conjugated to another moiety, the moiety of the resulting product that originated from the drug is referred to as “biologically active moiety”.

As used herein the term “prodrug” refers to a biologically active moiety reversibly and covalently connected to a specialized protective group through a reversible prodrug linker moiety which is a linker moiety comprising a reversible linkage with the biologically active moiety and wherein the specialized protective group alters or eliminates undesirable properties in the parent molecule. This also includes the enhancement of desirable properties in the drug and the suppression of undesirable properties. The specialized non-toxic protective group is referred to as “carrier”. A prodrug releases the reversibly and covalently bound biologically active moiety in the form of its corresponding drug. In other words, a prodrug is a conjugate comprising a biologically active moiety which is covalently and reversibly conjugated to a carrier moiety via a reversible prodrug linker moiety, which covalent and reversible conjugation of the carrier to the reversible prodrug linker moiety is either directly or through a spacer. Such conjugate releases the formerly conjugated biologically active moiety in the form of a free drug.

A “biodegradable linkage” or a “reversible linkage” is a linkage that is hydrolytically degradable, i.e. cleavable, in the absence of enzymes under physiological conditions (aqueous buffer at pH 7.4, 37° C.) with a half-life ranging from one hour to six months, preferably from one hour to four months, even more preferably from one hour to three months, even more preferably from one hour to two months, even more preferably from one hour to one month. Accordingly, a stable linkage is a linkage having a half-life under physiological conditions (aqueous buffer at pH 7.4, 37° C.) of more than six months.

Accordingly, a “reversible prodrug linker moiety” is a moiety which is covalently conjugated to a biologically active moiety, such as a CNP agonist moiety, through a reversible linkage and is also covalently conjugated to a carrier moiety, such as —Z or —Z′, wherein the covalent conjugation to said carrier moiety is either directly or through a spacer moiety, such as —L²—. Preferably the linkage between —Z or —Z′ and —L²— is a stable linkage.

As used herein, the term “traceless prodrug linker” means a reversible prodrug linker which upon cleavage releases the drug in its free form. As used herein, the term “free form” of a drug means the drug in its unmodified, pharmacologically active form.

As used herein, the terms “effective amount” and “pharmacologically effective amount” refers to a dosage that is medically effective.

As used herein, the term “excipient” refers to a diluent, adjuvant, or vehicle with which the therapeutic, such as a drug or prodrug, is administered. Such pharmaceutical excipient can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, including but not limited to peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a preferred excipient when the pharmaceutical composition is administered orally. Saline and aqueous dextrose are preferred excipients when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions are preferably employed as liquid excipients for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, mannitol, trehalose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. The pharmaceutical composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, like, for example, acetate, succinate, tris, carbonate, phosphate, HEPES (4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid), MES (2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid), or can contain detergents, like Tween, poloxamers, poloxamines, CHAPS, Igepal, or amino acids like, for example, glycine, lysine, or histidine. These pharmaceutical compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release formulations and the like. The pharmaceutical composition can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and excipients such as triglycerides. Oral formulation can include standard excipients such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Such compositions will contain a therapeutically effective amount of the drug or biologically active moiety, together with a suitable amount of excipient so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient. The formulation should suit the mode of administration.

As used herein, the term “reagent” means a chemical compound which comprises at least one functional group for reaction with the functional group of another chemical compound or drug. It is understood that a drug comprising a functional group (such as a primary or secondary amine or hydroxyl functional group) is also a reagent.

As used herein, the term “moiety” means a part of a molecule, which lacks one or more atom(s) compared to the corresponding reagent. If, for example, a reagent of the formula “H—X—H” reacts with another reagent and becomes part of the reaction product, the corresponding moiety of the reaction product has the structure “H—X—” or “—X—”, whereas each “- ” indicates attachment to another moiety. Accordingly, a biologically active moiety is released from a prodrug as a drug.

It is understood that if the sequence or chemical structure of a group of atoms is provided which group of atoms is attached to two moieties or is interrupting a moiety, said sequence or chemical structure can be attached to the two moieties in either orientation, unless explicitly stated otherwise. For example, a moiety “—C(O)N(R¹)—” can be attached to two moieties or interrupting a moiety either as “—C(O)N(R¹)—” or as “—N(R¹)C(O)—”. Similarly, a moiety

can be attached to two moieties or can interrupt a moiety either as

As used herein, the term “functional group” means a group of atoms which can react with other groups of atoms. Functional groups include but are not limited to the following groups: carboxylic acid (—(C═O)OH), primary or secondary amine (—NH₂, —NH—), maleimide, thiol (—SH), sulfonic acid (—(O═S═O)OH), carbonate, carbamate (—O(C═O)N<), hydroxyl (—OH), aldehyde (—(C═O)H), ketone (—(C═O)—), hydrazine (>N—N<), isocyanate, isothiocyanate, phosphoric acid (—O(P═O)OHOH), phosphonic acid (—O(P═O)OHH), haloacetyl, alkyl halide, acryloyl, aryl fluoride, hydroxylamine, disulfide, sulfonamides, sulfuric acid, vinyl sulfone, vinyl ketone, diazoalkane, oxirane, and aziridine.

In case the CNP agonist or controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention comprise one or more acidic or basic groups, the invention also comprises their corresponding pharmaceutically or toxicologically acceptable salts, in particular their pharmaceutically utilizable salts. Thus, the CNP agonist or controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention comprising acidic groups can be used according to the invention, for example, as alkali metal salts, alkaline earth metal salts or as ammonium salts. More precise examples of such salts include sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts or salts with ammonia or organic amines such as, for example, ethylamine, ethanolamine, triethanolamine or amino acids. CNP agonists or controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention comprising one or more basic groups, i.e. groups which can be protonated, can be present and can be used according to the invention in the form of their addition salts with inorganic or organic acids. Examples for suitable acids include hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acids, oxalic acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, benzoic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, pivalic acid, diethylacetic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, pimelic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, malic acid, sulfaminic acid, phenylpropionic acid, gluconic acid, ascorbic acid, isonicotinic acid, citric acid, adipic acid, and other acids known to the person skilled in the art. For the person skilled in the art further methods are known for converting the basic group into a cation like the alkylation of an amine group resulting in a positively-charge ammonium group and an appropriate counterion of the salt. If the CNP agonist or controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention simultaneously comprise acidic and basic groups, the invention also includes, in addition to the salt forms mentioned, inner salts or betaines (zwitterions). The respective salts can be obtained by customary methods which are known to the person skilled in the art like, for example by contacting these prodrugs with an organic or inorganic acid or base in a solvent or dispersant, or by anion exchange or cation exchange with other salts. The present invention also includes all salts of the prodrugs of the present invention which, owing to low physiological compatibility, are not directly suitable for use in pharmaceuticals but which can be used, for example, as intermediates for chemical reactions or for the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means a substance that does cause harm when administered to a patient and preferably means approved by a regulatory agency, such as the EMA (Europe) and/or the FDA (US) and/or any other national regulatory agency for use in animals, preferably for use in humans.

As used herein the term “about” in combination with a numerical value is used to indicate a range ranging from and including the numerical value plus and minus no more than 10% of said numerical value, more preferably no more than 8% of said numerical value, even more preferably no more than 5% of said numerical value and most preferably no more than 2% of said numerical value. For example, the phrase “about 200” is used to mean a range ranging from and including 200 +/- 10%, i.e. ranging from and including 180 to 220; preferably 200 +/- 8%, i.e. ranging from and including 184 to 216; even more preferably ranging from and including 200 +/-5%, i.e. ranging from and including 190 to 210; and most preferably 200 +/- 2%, i.e. ranging from and including 196 to 204. It is understood that a percentage given as “about 20%” does not mean “20% +/- 10%”, i.e. ranging from and including 10 to 30%, but “about 20%” means ranging from and including 18 to 22%, i.e. plus and minus 10% of the numerical value which is 20.

As used herein, the term “polymer” means a molecule comprising repeating structural units, i.e. the monomers, connected by chemical bonds in a linear, circular, branched, crosslinked or dendrimeric way or a combination thereof, which may be of synthetic or biological origin or a combination of both. It is understood that a polymer may also comprise one or more other chemical groups and/or moieties, such as, for example, one or more functional groups. Preferably, a soluble polymer has a molecular weight of at least 0.5 kDa, e.g. a molecular weight of at least 1 kDa, a molecular weight of at least 2 kDa, a molecular weight of at least 3 kDa or a molecular weight of at least 5 kDa. If the polymer is soluble, it preferable has a molecular weight of at most 1000 kDa, such as at most 750 kDa, such as at most 500 kDa, such as at most 300 kDa, such as at most 200 kDa, such as at most 100 kDa. It is understood that for insoluble polymers, such as hydrogels, no meaningful molecular weight ranges can be provided. It is understood that also a protein is a polymer in which the amino acids are the repeating structural units, even though the side chains of each amino acid may be different.

As used herein, the term “polymeric” means a reagent or a moiety comprising one or more polymers or polymer moieties. A polymeric reagent or moiety may optionally also comprise one or more other moiety/moieties, which are preferably selected from the group consisting of:

-   C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3- to     10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, phenyl,     naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, and tetralinyl; and

-   linkages selected from the group comprising

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   wherein     -   dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of the moiety         or reagent, and     -   —R and —R^(a) are independently of each other selected from the         group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and         hexyl.

The person skilled in the art understands that the polymerization products obtained from a polymerization reaction do not all have the same molecular weight, but rather exhibit a molecular weight distribution. Consequently, the molecular weight ranges, molecular weights, ranges of numbers of monomers in a polymer and numbers of monomers in a polymer as used herein, refer to the number average molecular weight and number average of monomers, i.e. to the arithmetic mean of the molecular weight of the polymer or polymeric moiety and the arithmetic mean of the number of monomers of the polymer or polymeric moiety.

Accordingly, in a polymeric moiety comprising “x” monomer units any integer given for “x” therefore corresponds to the arithmetic mean number of monomers. Any range of integers given for “x” provides the range of integers in which the arithmetic mean numbers of monomers lies. An integer for “x” given as “about x” means that the arithmetic mean numbers of monomers lies in a range of integers of x +/- 10%, preferably x +/- 8%, more preferably x +/- 5% and most preferably x +/- 2%.

As used herein, the term “number average molecular weight” means the ordinary arithmetic mean of the molecular weights of the individual polymers.

As used herein the term “water-soluble” with reference to a carrier means that when such carrier is part of the controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention at least 1 g of the controlled-release CNP agonists comprising such water-soluble carrier can be dissolved in one liter of water at 20° C. to form a homogeneous solution. Accordingly, the term “water-insoluble” with reference to a carrier means that when such carrier is part of a controlled-release CNP agonists of the present invention less than 1 g of the controlled-release CNP agonists comprising such water-insoluble carrier can be dissolved in one liter of water at 20° C. to form a homogeneous solution.

As used herein, the term “hydrogel” means a hydrophilic or amphiphilic polymeric network composed of homopolymers or copolymers, which is insoluble due to the presence of covalent chemical crosslinks. The crosslinks provide the network structure and physical integrity.

As used herein the term “thermogelling” means a compound that is a liquid or a low viscosity solution having a viscosity of less than 500 cps at 25° C. at a shear rate of about 0.1/second at a low temperature, which low temperature ranges between about 0° C. to about 10° C., but which is a higher viscosity compound of less than 10000 cps at 25° C. at a shear rate of about 0.1/second at a higher temperature, which higher temperature ranges between about 30° C. to about 40° C., such as at about 37° C.

As used herein, the term “PEG-based” in relation to a moiety or reagent means that said moiety or reagent comprises PEG. Preferably, a PEG-based moiety or reagent comprises at least 10% (w/w) PEG, such as at least 20% (w/w) PEG, such as at least 30% (w/w) PEG, such as at least 40% (w/w) PEG, such as at least 50% (w/w), such as at least 60 (w/w) PEG, such as at least 70% (w/w) PEG, such as at least 80% (w/w) PEG, such as at least 90% (w/w) PEG, such as at least 95%. The remaining weight percentage of the PEG-based moiety or reagent are other moieties preferably selected from the following moieties and linkages:

-   C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3- to     10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, phenyl,     naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, and tetralinyl; and

-   linkages selected from the group comprising

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   wherein     -   dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of the moiety         or reagent, and     -   —R and —R^(a) are independently of each other selected from the         group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and         hexyl.

As used herein, the term “PEG-based comprising at least X% PEG” in relation to a moiety or reagent means that said moiety or reagent comprises at least X% (w/w) ethylene glycol units (—CH₂CH₂O—), wherein the ethylene glycol units may be arranged blockwise, alternating or may be randomly distributed within the moiety or reagent and preferably all ethylene glycol units of said moiety or reagent are present in one block; the remaining weight percentage of the PEG-based moiety or reagent are other moieties preferably selected from the following moieties and linkages:

-   C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3- to     10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, phenyl,     naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, and tetralinyl; and

-   linkages selected from the group comprising

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   wherein     -   dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of the moiety         or reagent, and     -   —R and —R^(a) are independently of each other selected from the         group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and         hexyl.

The term “hyaluronic acid-based comprising at least X% hyaluronic acid” is used accordingly.

The term “substituted” as used herein means that one or more —H atom(s) of a molecule or moiety are replaced by a different atom or a group of atoms, which are referred to as “substituent”.

Preferably, the one or more further optional substituents are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —COOR^(x1), —OR^(x1), —C(O)R^(x1), —C(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)₂N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)₂R^(x1), —S(O)R^(x1), —N(R^(x1))S(O)₂N(R^(x1a)R^(x1b)), —SR^(x1), —N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R^(x1), —N(R^(x1))C(O)R^(x1a), —N(R^(x1))S(O)₂R^(x1a), —N(R^(x1))S(O)R^(x1a), —N(R^(x1))C(O)OR^(x1a), —N(R^(x1))C(O)N(R^(x1a)R^(x1b)), —OC(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —T⁰, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein —T⁰, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(x2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T⁰—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(x3))S(O)₂N(R^(x3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(x3))—, —OC(OR^(x3))(R^(x3a))—, —N(R^(x3))C(O)N(R^(x3a))—, and —OC(O)N(R^(x3))—;

-   —R^(x1), —R^(x1a), —R^(x1b) are independently of each other selected     from the group consisting of —H, —T⁰, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl,     and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein —T⁰, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and     C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(x2),     which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀     alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more     groups selected from the group consisting of —T⁰—, —C(O)O—, —O—,     —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)N(R^(x3))—; —S(O)₂—,     —S(O)—, —N(R^(x3))S(O)₂N(R^(x3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(x3))—,     —OC(OR^(x3))(R^(x3a))—, —N(R^(x3))C(O)N(R^(x3a))—, and     —OC(O)N(R^(x3))—; -   each T⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, and 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl;     wherein each T⁰ is independently optionally substituted with one or     more —R^(x2), which are the same or different; -   each —R^(x2) is independently selected from the group consisting of     halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR^(x4), —OR^(x4), —C(O)R^(x4),     —C(O)N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), —S(O)₂N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)),     —S(O)N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), —S(O)₂R^(x4), —S(O)R^(x4),     —N(R^(x4))S(O)₂N(R^(x4a)R^(x4b)), —SR^(x4), —N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), —NO₂,     —OC(O)R^(x4,) —N(R^(x4))C(O)R^(x4a), —N(R^(x4))S(O)₂R^(x4a),     —N(R^(x4))S(O)R^(x4a), —N(R^(x4))C(O)OR^(x4a),     —N(R^(x4))C(O)N(R^(x4a)R^(x4b)), —OC(O)N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), and C₁₋₆     alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; -   each —R^(x3), —R^(x3a), —R^(x4), —R^(x4a), —R^(x4b) is independently     selected from the group consisting of —H and C₁₋₆ alkyl; wherein     C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen, which     are the same or different.

More preferably, the one or more further optional substituents are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —COOR^(x1), —OR^(x1), —C(O)R^(x1), —C(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)₂N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)₂R^(x1), —S(O)R^(x1), —N(R^(x1))S(O)₂N(R^(x1a)R^(x1b)), —SR^(x1), —N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R^(x1), —N(R^(x1))C(O)R^(x1a,) —N(R^(x1))S(O)₂R^(x1a), —N(R^(x1))S(O)R^(x1a,) —N(R^(x1))C(O)OR^(x1a), —N(R^(x1))C(O)N(R^(x1a)R^(x1b)), —OC(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —T⁰, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl; wherein —T⁰, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(x2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T⁰—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(x3))S(O)₂N(R^(x3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(x3))—, —OC(OR^(x3))(R^(x3a))—, —N(R^(x3))C(O)N(R^(x3a))—, and —OC(O)N(R^(x3))—;

-   each —R^(x1), —R^(x1a), —R^(x1b), —R^(x3), —R^(x3a) is independently     selected from the group consisting of —H, halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆     alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; -   each T⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, and 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl;     wherein each T⁰ is independently optionally substituted with one or     more —R^(x2), which are the same or different; -   each —R^(x2) is independently selected from the group consisting of     halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR^(x4), —OR^(x4), —C(O)R^(x4,)     —C(O)N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), —S(O)₂N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)),     —S(O)N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), —S(O)₂R^(x4), —S(O)R^(x4),     —N(R^(x4))S(O)₂N(R^(x4a)R^(x46)), —SR^(x4), —N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), —NO₂,     —OC(O)R^(x4,) —N(R^(x4))C(O)R^(x4a), —N(R^(x4))S(O)₂R^(x4a),     —N(R^(x4))S(O)R^(x4a), —N(R^(x4))C(O)OR^(x4a),     —N(R^(x4))C(O)N(R^(x4a)R^(x4b)), —OC(O)N(R^(x4)R^(x4a)), and C₁₋₆     alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; -   each —R^(x4), —R^(x4a), —R^(x4b) is independently selected from the     group consisting of —H, halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆     alkynyl; -   Even more preferably, the one or more further optional substituents     are independently of each other selected from the group consisting     of halogen, —CN, —COOR^(x1), —OR^(x1), —C(O)R^(x1),     —C(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)₂N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)),     —S(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —S(O)₂R^(x1), —S(O)R^(x1),     —N(R^(x1))S(O)₂N(R^(x1a)R^(x1b)), —SR^(x1), —N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —NO₂,     —OC(O)R^(x1), —N(R^(x1))C(O)R^(x1a,) —N(R^(x1))S(O)₂R^(x1a),     —N(R^(x1))S(O)R^(x1a,) —N(R^(x1))C(O)OR^(x1a),     —N(R^(x1))C(O)N(R^(x1a)R^(x1b)), —OC(O)N(R^(x1)R^(x1a)), —T⁰, C₁₋₆     alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; wherein —T⁰, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆     alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or     more —R^(x2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₆     alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by     one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T⁰—,     —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(x3))—,     —S(O)N(R^(x3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(x3))S(O)₂N(R^(x3a))—, —S—,     —N(R^(x3))—, —OC(OR^(x3))(R^(x3a))—, —N(RX³)C(O)N(R^(x3a))—, and     —OC(O)N(R^(x3))—; -   each —R^(x1), —R^(x1a), —R^(x1b), —R^(x2), —R^(x3), —R^(x3a) is     independently selected from the group consisting of —H, halogen,     C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; -   each T⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, and 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl;     wherein each T⁰ is independently optionally substituted with one or     more —R^(x2), which are the same or different.

Preferably, a maximum of 6 —H atoms of an optionally substituted molecule are independently replaced by a substituent, e.g. 5 —H atoms are independently replaced by a substituent, 4 —H atoms are independently replaced by a substituent, 3 —H atoms are independently replaced by a substituent, 2 —H atoms are independently replaced by a substituent, or 1 —H atom is replaced by a substituent.

The term “interrupted” means that a moiety is inserted between two carbon atoms or - if the insertion is at one of the moiety’s ends - between a carbon or heteroatom and a hydrogen atom, preferably between a carbon and a hydrogen atom.

As used herein, the term “C₁₋₄ alkyl” alone or in combination means a straight-chain or branched alkyl moiety having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. If present at the end of a molecule, examples of straight-chain or branched C₁₋₄ alkyl are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. When two moieties of a molecule are linked by the C₁₋₄ alkyl, then examples for such C₁₋₄ alkyl groups are —CH₂—, —CH₂—CH₂—, —CH(CH₃)—, —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—, —CH(C₂H₅)—, —C(CH₃)₂—. Each hydrogen of a C₁₋₄ alkyl carbon may optionally be replaced by a substituent as defined above. Optionally, a C₁₋₄ alkyl may be interrupted by one or more moieties as defined below.

As used herein, the term “C₁₋₆ alkyl” alone or in combination means a straight-chain or branched alkyl moiety having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. If present at the end of a molecule, examples of straight-chain and branched C₁₋₆ alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl and 3,3-dimethylpropyl. When two moieties of a molecule are linked by the C₁₋₆ alkyl group, then examples for such C₁₋₆ alkyl groups are —CH₂—, —CH₂—CH₂—, —CH(CH₃)—, —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—, —CH(C₂H₅)— and —C(CH₃)₂—. Each hydrogen atom of a C₁₋₆ carbon may optionally be replaced by a substituent as defined above. Optionally, a C₁₋₆ alkyl may be interrupted by one or more moieties as defined below.

Accordingly, “C₁₋₁₀ alkyl”, “C₁₋₂₀ alkyl” or “C₁₋₅₀ alkyl” means an alkyl chain having 1 to 10, 1 to 20 or 1 to 50 carbon atoms, respectively, wherein each hydrogen atom of the C₁₋₁₀, C₁₋₂₀ or C₁₋₅₀ carbon may optionally be replaced by a substituent as defined above. Optionally, a C₁₋₁₀ or C₁₋₅₀ alkyl may be interrupted by one or more moieties as defined below.

As used herein, the term “C₂₋₆ alkenyl” alone or in combination means a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon moiety comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. If present at the end of a molecule, examples are —CH═CH₂, —CH═CH—CH₃, —CH₂—CH═CH₂, —CH═CHCH₂—CH₃ and —CH═CH—CH═CH₂. When two moieties of a molecule are linked by the C₂₋₆ alkenyl group, then an example for such C₂₋₆ alkenyl is —CH═CH—. Each hydrogen atom of a C₂₋₆ alkenyl moiety may optionally be replaced by a substituent as defined above. Optionally, a C₂₋₆ alkenyl may be interrupted by one or more moieties as defined below.

Accordingly, the term “C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl”, “C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl” or “C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl” alone or in combination means a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon moiety comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond having 2 to 10, 2 to 20 or 2 to 50 carbon atoms. Each hydrogen atom of a C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl or C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl group may optionally be replaced by a substituent as defined above. Optionally, a C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl or C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl may be interrupted by one or more moieties as defined below.

As used herein, the term “C₂₋₆ alkynyl” alone or in combination means straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon moiety comprising at least one carbon-carbon triple bond having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. If present at the end of a molecule, examples are —C≡CH, —CH₂—C≡CH, CH₂—CH₂—C≡CH and CH₂—C≡C—CH₃. When two moieties of a molecule are linked by the alkynyl group, then an example is —C≡C—. Each hydrogen atom of a C₂₋₆ alkynyl group may optionally be replaced by a substituent as defined above. Optionally, one or more double bond(s) may occur. Optionally, a C₂₋₆ alkynyl may be interrupted by one or more moieties as defined below.

Accordingly, as used herein, the term “C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl”, “C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl” and “C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl” alone or in combination means a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon moiety comprising at least one carbon-carbon triple bond having 2 to 10, 2 to 20 or 2 to 50 carbon atoms, respectively. Each hydrogen atom of a C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl or C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl group may optionally be replaced by a substituent as defined above. Optionally, one or more double bond(s) may occur. Optionally, a C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl or C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl may be interrupted by one or more moieties as defined below.

As mentioned above, a C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl or C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl may optionally be interrupted by one or more moieties which are preferably selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of the moiety or     reagent; and -   —R and —R^(a) are independently of each other selected from the     group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and     hexyl.

As used herein, the term “C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl” means a cyclic alkyl chain having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl or cyclodecyl. Each hydrogen atom of a C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl carbon may be replaced by a substituent as defined above. The term “C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl” also includes bridged bicycles like norbornane or norbornene. The term “8- to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl” or “8- to 30-membered carbopolycycle” means a cyclic moiety of two or more rings with 8 to 30 ring atoms, where two neighboring rings share at least one ring atom and that may contain up to the maximum number of double bonds (aromatic or non-aromatic ring which is fully, partially or un-saturated). Preferably a 8-to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl means a cyclic moiety of two, three, four or five rings, more preferably of two, three or four rings.

As used herein, the term “3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl” or “3- to 10-membered heterocycle” means a ring with 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 ring atoms that may contain up to the maximum number of double bonds (aromatic or non-aromatic ring which is fully, partially or un-saturated) wherein at least one ring atom up to 4 ring atoms are replaced by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of sulfur (including —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—), oxygen and nitrogen (including ═N(O)—) and wherein the ring is linked to the rest of the molecule via a carbon or nitrogen atom. Examples for 3- to 10-membered heterocycles include but are not limited to aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, azirine, oxirene, thiirene, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrroline, imidazole, imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, isoxazole, isoxazoline, thiazole, thiazoline, isothiazole, isothiazoline, thiadiazole, thiadiazoline, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, thiazolidine, isothiazolidine, thiadiazolidine, sulfolane, pyran, dihydropyran, tetrahydropyran, imidazolidine, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, tetrazole, triazole, triazolidine, tetrazolidine, diazepane, azepine and homopiperazine. Each hydrogen atom of a 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 3-to 10-membered heterocyclic group may be replaced by a substituent as defined below.

As used herein, the term “8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl” or “8- to 11-membered heterobicycle” means a heterocyclic moiety of two rings with 8 to 11 ring atoms, where at least one ring atom is shared by both rings and that may contain up to the maximum number of double bonds (aromatic or non-aromatic ring which is fully, partially or un-saturated) wherein at least one ring atom up to 6 ring atoms are replaced by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of sulfur (including —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—), oxygen and nitrogen (including ═N(O)—) and wherein the ring is linked to the rest of the molecule via a carbon or nitrogen atom. Examples for an 8- to 11-membered heterobicycle are indole, indoline, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, benzimidazole, benzimidazoline, quinoline, quinazoline, dihydroquinazoline, quinoline, dihydroquinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, decahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, decahydroisoquinoline, tetrahydroisoquinoline, dihydroisoquinoline, benzazepine, purine and pteridine. The term 8-to 11-membered heterobicycle also includes spiro structures of two rings like 1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane or bridged heterocycles like 8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane. Each hydrogen atom of an 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl or 8- to 11-membered heterobicycle carbon may be replaced by a substituent as defined below.

Similary, the term “8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl” or “8- to 30-membered heteropolycycle” means a heterocyclic moiety of more than two rings with 8 to 30 ring atoms, preferably of three, four or five rings, where two neighboring rings share at least one ring atom and that may contain up to the maximum number of double bonds (aromatic or non-aromatic ring which is fully, partially or unsaturated), wherein at least one ring atom up to 10 ring atoms are replaced by a heteroatom selected from the group of sulfur (including —S(O)—,—S(O)₂—), oxygen and nitrogen (including ═N(O)—) and wherein the ring is linked to the rest of a molecule via a carbon or nitrogen atom.

It is understood that the phrase “the pair R^(x)/R^(y) is joined together with the atom to which they are attached to form a C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl or a 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl” in relation with a moiety of the structure

means that R^(x) and R^(y) form the following structure:

wherein R is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl.

It is also understood that the phrase “the pair R^(x)/R^(y) is joint together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring A” in relation with a moiety of the structure

means that R^(x) and R^(y) form the following structure:

As used herein, “halogen” means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo. It is generally preferred that halogen is fluoro or chloro.

In general, the term “comprise” or “comprising” also encompasses “consist of” or “consisting of”.

The at least one further biologically active moiety or drug may be in its free form (i.e in the form of a free drug), may be in the form of a stable conjugate or may be in the form of a controlled-release compound.

In one embodiment, the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is a drug in its free form.

Preferably, the at least one further drug is selected from the group consisting of antihistamins; human anti-FGFR3 antibodies; soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; statins; CNP agonists; growth hormone; IGF-1; ANP; BNP; inhibitors of peptidases and proteases; and inhibitors of NPR-C.

A preferred antihistamine is meclozine. A typical dose of meclozine administered to a human patient ranges from 0.05 mg/day to 5000 mg/day and is preferably 50 mg/day.

A preferred tyrosine kinase inhibitor is NVP-BGJ398. A typical dose of NVP-BGJ398 administered to a human patient ranges from 0.02 mg/kg/day to 200 mg/kg/day and is preferably 2 mg/kg/day.

A preferred statin is rosuvastatin. Preferred ranges for rosuvastatin are provided in table 1.

A preferred CNP agonist for the at least one further drug is vosoritide. A typical dose of vosoritide administered to a human patient ranges from 2.5 µg/kg/day to 60 µg/kg/day and is preferably 15 µg/kg/day.

Preferred inhibitors of peptidases and proteases are NEP and furin.

A preferred inhibitor for NEP are thiorphan and candoxatril. A typical dose administered to a human patient ranges from 0.01 mg/day to 1000 mg/day for thiorphan and from 1 mg/day to 1000 mg/day for candoxatril and is preferably 50 mg/day for thiorphan and 200 mg/day for candoxatril.

Preferred inhibitors of NPR-C are the fragment of SEQ ID NO:98 (FGIPMDRIGRNPR) and antibody B701. A typical dose of antibody B701 administered to a human patient ranges from 0.25 mg/kg/month to 250 mg/kg/month and is preferably 25 mg/kg/months, administered either in one or multiple injections.

Preferred inhibitors of tyrosine kinases are as disclosed in U.S. Pats. 6329375 and 6344459, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment the at least one further drug is an antihistamine.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is a human anti-FGFR3 antibody.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is a soluble form of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (sFGFR3). A typical dose of sFGFR3 administered to a human patient ranges from 0.002 mg/kg over one week to 2 mg/kg over one week, preferably from 0.02 mg/kg over one week to 0.2 mg/kg over one week and most preferably is about 1 mg/kg over one week.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is a tyrosine kinase inhibitor.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is a statin.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is a growth hormone, preferably a human growth hormone (hGH) and most preferably a human growth hormone having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99:

FPTIPLSRLFDNAMLRAHRLHQLAFDTYQEFEEAYIPKEQKYSFLQNPQT SLCFSESIPTPSNREETQQKSNLELLRISLLLIQSWLEPVQFLRSVFANS LVYGASDSNVYDLLKDLEEGIQTLMGRLEDGSPRTGQIFKQTYSKFDTNS HNDDALLKNYGLLYCFRKDMDKVETFLRIVQCRSVEGSCGF

A typical dose of hGH, preferably of hGH having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99, administered to a human patient ranges from 0.021 mg/kg/week to 0.7 mg/kg/week and is preferably 0.21 mg/kg/week.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is a CNP agonist. A typical dose of CNP agonist administered to a human patient ranges from 1.5 µg/kg/day to 1.5 mg/kg/day and is preferably 15 µg/kg/day.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is IGF-1. A typical dose of IGF-1 administered to a human patient ranges from 10 µg/kg/day to 1 mg/kg/day and is preferably 100 µg/kg/day.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is ANP. A typical dose of ANP administered to a human patient ranges from 1 µg/kg/day to 1 mg/kg/day and is preferably 15 µg/kg/day.

In another embodiment the at least one further is BNP. A typical dose of BNP administered to a human patient ranges from 1 µg/kg/day to 1 mg/kg/day and is preferably 15 µg/kg/day.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is an inhibitor of peptidases and proteases.

In another embodiment the at least one further drug is an inhibitor of NPR-C.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in its free form is PTH. Preferred PTH sequences are SEQ ID Nos: 1 to 121 of WO2017/148883A1, most preferably the PTH having the SEQ ID NO: 51, which are herewith incorporated by reference. In another embodiment, the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is in the form of a stable conjugate.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises at least one biologically active moiety covalently conjugated through a stable linkage to a polymeric moiety, preferably to a water-soluble polymeric moiety, either directly or through a spacer moiety.

Preferably, such polymeric moiety, even more preferably water-soluble polymeric moiety, comprises a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate is covalently conjugated through a stable linkage to an albumin-binding moiety. Preferably, said albumin-binding moiety is a C₈₋₂₄ alkyl moiety or fatty acid derivative. Preferred fatty acid derivatives are those disclosed in WO 2005/027978 A2 and WO 2014/060512 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference.

Preferably, the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a biologically active moiety selected from the group consisting of antihistamins; human anti-FGFR3 antibodies; soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (sFGFR3); tyrosine kinase inhibitors; statins; CNP agonists; growth hormone; IGF-1; ANP; BNP; inhibitors of peptidases and proteases; and inhibitors of NPR-C.

A preferred antihistamin is meclozine. Doses of meclozine typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free meclizine converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

A preferred tyrosine kinase inhibitor is NVP-BGJ398. Doses of NVP-BGJ398 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free NVP-BGJ398 converted into the equivalent amounts of the stable conjugate.

A preferred statin is rosuvastatin. Preferred ranges of rosuvastatin are provided in table 1 converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

A preferred CNP agonist for the at least one further biologically active moiety is vosoritide. Doses of vosoritide typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free vosoritide converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

Preferred inhibitors of peptidases and proteases are NEP and furin.

A preferred inhibitor for NEP are thiorphan and candoxatril. Doses of thiorphan and candoxatril typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free thiorphan and candoxatril converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

Preferred inhibitors of NPR-C are the fragment of SEQ ID NO:98 (FGIPMDRIGRNPR) and antibody B701. Doses of B701 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free B701converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

Preferred inhibitors of tyrosine kinases are as disclosed in U.S. Pats. 6329375 and 6344459, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises an antihistamin moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a human anti-FGFR3 antibody moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (sFGFR3) moiety. Doses of sFGFR3 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free sFGFR3 converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conj ugate.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a tyrosine kinase inhibitor moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a statin moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a growth hormone moiety, preferably a human growth hormone (hGH) and most preferably a human growth hormone having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99. Doses of hGH, preferably having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99, typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free hGH converted of the equivalent doses for the stable conjugate.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a CNP agonist moiety. Doses of the CNP agonist typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free CNP agonist converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises an IGF-1 moiety. Doses of the IGF-1 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free IGF-1 converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises an ANP moiety. Doses of ANP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free ANP converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises a BNP moiety. Doses of BNP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free BNP converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises an inhibitor of peptidases and proteases moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises an inhibitor of NPR-C moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a stable conjugate comprises PTH. Preferred PTH sequences are SEQ ID NOs:1 to 121 of WO2017/148883A1, most preferably the PTH having the SEQ ID NO: 51, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is in the form of a controlled-release compound.

Preferably, the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises at least one biologically active moiety or drug selected from the group consisting of antihistamins; human anti-FGFR3 antibodies; soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3; statins; CNP agonists; growth hormone; IGF-1; ANP; BNP; inhibitors of peptidases and proteases; inhibitors of tyrosine kinases; and inhibitors of NPR-C.

A preferred antihistamin is meclozine. Doses of meclozine typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free meclizine converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

A preferred tyrosine kinase inhibitor is NVP-BGJ398. Doses of NVP-BGJ398 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free NVP-BGJ398 converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

A preferred statin is rosuvastatin. Preferred ranges of rosuvastatin are provided in table 1 converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

A preferred CNP agonist for the at least one further drug is vosoritide. Doses of vosoritide typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free vosoritide converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of peptidases and proteases are NEP and furin.

A preferred inhibitor for NEP are thiorphan and candoxatril. Doses of thiorphan and candoxatril typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free thiorphan and candoxatril converted into the equivalent amounts of the controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of NPR-C are the fragment of SEQ ID NO:98 (FGIPMDRIGRNPR) and antibody B701. Doses of B701 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free B701 converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of tyrosine kinases are as disclosed in U.S. Pats. 6329375 and 6344459, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises an antihistamin moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises a human anti-FGFR3 antibody moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises a soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (sFGFR3) moiety or drug. Doses of sFGFR3 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free sFGFR3 converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises a tyrosine kinase inhibitor moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises a statin moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises a growth hormone moiety or drug, preferably a human growth hormone (hGH) and most preferably a human growth hormone having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99. Doses of hGH, preferably having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99, typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free hGH converted into the equivalent doses of the stable conjugate.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises a CNP agonist moiety. Doses of the CNP agonist typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free CNP agonist converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises an IGF-1 moiety or drug. Doses of the IGF-1 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free IGF-1 converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises an ANP moiety or drug. Doses of ANP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free ANP converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises a BNP moiety or drug. Doses of BNP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free BNP converted into the equivalent doses of the controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises an inhibitor of peptidases and proteases moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises an inhibitor of NPR-C moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a controlled-release compound comprises PTH. Preferred PTH sequences are SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 121 of WO2017/148883A1, most preferably the PTH having the SEQ ID NO: 51, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound is water-insoluble.

Preferably, such water-insoluble controlled-release compound is selected from the group consisting of crystals, nanoparticles, microparticles, nanospheres and microspheres.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a crystal comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a nanoparticle comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a microparticle comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a nanosphere comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a microsphere comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a vesicle comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety. Preferably, such vesicle comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety is a micelle, liposome or polymersome.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a micelle comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a liposome comprising at least one drug or biologically active moiety. Preferably, such liposome is selected from the group consisting of aquasomes; non-ionic surfactant vesicles, such as niosomes and proniosomes; cationic liposomes, such as LeciPlex; transfersomes; ethosomes; ufasomes; sphingosomes; and pharmacosomes.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is a polymersome at least one drug or biologically active moiety.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises at least one biologically active moiety or drug non-covalently embedded in a water-insoluble polymer. Preferably, such water-insoluble polymer comprises a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

In a preferred embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises at least one drug or biologically active moiety non-covalently embedded in poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA).

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises at least one biologically active moiety covalently and reversibly conjugated to a water-insoluble polymer. Preferably such water-insoluble polymer comprises a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

Preferably, the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises at least one biologically active moiety or drug selected from the group consisting of antihistamins; human anti-FGFR3 antibodies; soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; statins; CNP agonists; growth hormone; IGF-1; ANP; BNP; inhibitors of peptidases and proteases; and inhibitors of NPR-C.

A preferred antihistamin is meclozine. Doses of meclozine typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free meclizine converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

A preferred tyrosine kinase inhibitor is NVP-BGJ398. Doses of NVP-BGJ398 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free NVP-BGJ398 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

A preferred statin is rosuvastatin. Preferred ranges of rosuvastatin are provided in table 1 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

A preferred CNP agonist for the at least one further drug is vosoritide. Doses of vosoritide typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free vosoritide converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of peptidases and proteases are NEP and furin.

A preferred inhibitor for NEP are thiorphan and candoxatril. Doses of thiorphan and candoxatril typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free thiorphan and candoxatril converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of NPR-C are the fragment of SEQ ID NO:98 (FGIPMDRIGRNPR) and antibody B701. Doses of B701 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free B701 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of tyrosine kinases are as disclosed in U.S. Pats. 6329375 and 6344459, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises an antihistamin moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises a human anti-FGFR3 antibody moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises a soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (sFGFR3) moiety or drug. Doses of sFGFR3 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free sFGFR3 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises a tyrosine kinase inhibitor moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises a statin moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises a growth hormone moiety or drug, preferably a human growth hormone (hGH) and most preferably a human growth hormone having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99. Doses of hGH typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free hGH converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises a CNP agonist moiety. Doses of the CNP agonist moiety typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free CNP agonist converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises an IGF-1 moiety or drug. Doses of the IGF-1 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free IGF-1 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises an ANP moiety or drug. Doses of the ANP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free ANP converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises a BNP moiety or drug. Doses of the BNP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free BNP converted into the equivalent doses of the water-insoluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises an inhibitor of peptidases and proteases moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound comprises an inhibitor of NPR-C moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a water-insoluble controlled-release compound is PTH. Preferred PTH sequences are SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 121 of WO2017/148883A1, most preferably the PTH having the SEQ ID NO: 51, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a controlled-release compound is water-soluble.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises at least one biologically active moiety covalently conjugated through a reversible linkage to a water-soluble polymeric moiety, either directly or through a spacer moiety.

Preferably, such water-soluble polymeric moiety comprises a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyloxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound is covalently conjugated through a stable linkage to an albumin-binding moiety. Preferably, said albumin-binding moiety is a C₈₋₂₄ alkyl moiety or fatty acid derivative. Preferred fatty acid derivatives are those disclosed in WO 2005/027978 A2 and WO 2014/060512 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference.

Preferably, the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a biologically active moiety selected from the group consisting of antihistamins; human anti-FGFR3 antibodies; soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; statins; CNP agonists; growth hormone; IGF-1; ANP; BNP; inhibitors of peptidases and proteases; and inhibitors of NPR-C.

A preferred antihistamin is meclozine. Doses of meclozine typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free meclizine converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

A preferred tyrosine kinase inhibitor is NVP-BGJ398. Doses of NVP-BGJ398typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free NVP-BGJ398 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

A preferred statin is rosuvastatin. Preferred ranges of rosuvastatin are provided in table 1 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

A preferred CNP agonist for the at least one further drug is vosoritide. Doses of vosoritide typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free vosoritide converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of peptidases and proteases are NEP and furin.

A preferred inhibitor for NEP are thiorphan and candoxatril. Doses of thiorphan and candoxatril typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free thiorphan and candoxatril converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of NPR-C are the fragment of SEQ ID NO:98 (FGIPMDRIGRNPR) and antibody B701. Doses of B701 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free B701 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

Preferred inhibitors of tyrosine kinases are as disclosed in U.S. Pats. 6329375 and 6344459, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises an antihistamin moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a human anti-FGFR3 antibody moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (sFGFR3) moiety or drug. Doses of sFGFR3 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free sFGFR3 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a tyrosine kinase inhibitor moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a statin moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a growth hormone moiety or drug, preferably a human growth hormone (hGH), and most preferably a human growth hormone having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99. Doses of hGH typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free hGH converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

In one embodiment such water-soluble controlled-release compound comprising a growth hormone moiety, preferably an hGH moiety, most preferably an hGH moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99, is of formula (1a) or (1b):

wherein

-   —D is an hGH moiety connected to the rest of the compound through a     nitrogen of an amine functional group of said hGH moiety;

-   n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;

-   —X— is a chemical bond or a spacer;

-   ═Y₁ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;

-   —Y₂— is selected from the group consisting of —O— and —S—;

-   —Y₃—, —Y₅— are independently of each other selected from the group     consisting of —O— and —S—;

-   —Y₄— is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —NR⁵— and     —C(R⁶R^(6a))—;

-   —R¹ is a carrier, preferably a water-soluble PEG-based moiety     comprising at least 40% PEG;

-   —R², —R³, —R⁵, —R⁶, and —R^(6a) are independently of each other     selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,     isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl,     2-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylpentyl,     3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl and     3,3-dimethylpropyl;

-   —R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl,     n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl,     n-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl,     2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl     and 3,3-dimethylpropyl;

-   —W— is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₂₀ alkyl optionally     interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting     of C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 8- to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl, 3- to     10-membered heterocyclyl, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R⁷)—, —O—, —S— and —N(R⁷)—;

-   —Nu is a nucleophile selected from the group consisting of     —N(R⁷R^(7a)), —N(R⁷OH), —N(R⁷)—N(R^(7a)R^(7b)), —S(R⁷),—COOH,

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   —Ar— is selected from the group consisting of

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   wherein     -   dashed lines indicate attachment to the rest of the compound,     -   —Z¹— is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and         —N(R⁷)—,     -   —Z²— is —N(R⁷)—; and     -   —R⁷, —R^(7a) and —R^(7b) are independently of each other         selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆         alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl;

wherein the compound of formula (1a) or (1b) is optionally further substituted.

—D of formula (1a) or (1b) is attached to the rest of the compound through the nitrogen of a primary or secondary amine, preferably through the nitrogen of the N-terminal amine or through a nitrogen of an amine of a lysine side chain. Preferably, —D of formula (1a) or (1b) is a moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99.

In one embodiment ═Y¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) is ═O.

In one embodiment —Y²— of formula (1a) or (1b) is —O—.

In one embodiment —Y³— of formula (1a) or (1b) is —O—.

In one embodiment —Y⁴— of formula (1a) or (1b) is —NR⁵—.

In one embodiment ═Y⁵ of formula (1a) or (1b) is ═O.

In one embodiment n of formula (1a) or (1b) is 0 or 1. Most preferably, n of formula (1a) or (1b) is 0.

Preferably, R¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) has a molecular weight ranging from 10 to 250 kDa, even more preferably from 15 to 150 kDa.

In a preferred embodiment R¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) has a molecular weight ranging from 30 to 50 kDa, even more preferably from 35 to 45 kDa, even more preferably from 38 to 42 kDa and most preferably has a molecular weight of about 40 kDa.

In another equally preferred embodiment R¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) has a molecular weight ranging from 60 to 100 kDa, even more preferably from 70 to 90 kDa, even more preferably from 75 to 85 kDa and most preferably has a molecular weight of about 80 kDa.

Preferably, R¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) is branched and comprises at least three polymeric moieties which may also be referred to as polymeric arms or polymeric chains.

More preferably, R¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) comprises at least one branching point, preferably at least two branching points, and at least three polymeric chains which polymeric chains are preferably PEG-based, wherein each branching point is preferably selected from the group consisting of —N<, —CR8< and >C<, wherein R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of -H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more R⁹, which are the same or different, and wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl are optionally interrupted with —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)₂N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R¹⁰)S(O)₂N(R^(10a))—, —S—, —N(R¹⁰)—, —OC(OR¹⁰)(R^(10a))—, —N(R¹⁰)C(O)N(R^(10a))—, and —OC(O)N(R¹⁰)—; wherein R⁹, R¹⁰ and R^(10a) are selected from —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In one preferred embodiment R¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) comprises a first branching point BP¹ from which at least two spacer moieties C¹ and C² extend of which at least one spacer moiety is connected to an at least second branching point BP², from which second branching point BP² at least two polymeric moieties extend. More preferably, R¹ comprises a first branching point BP¹ from which two spacer moieties C¹ and C² extend, which spacer moiety C¹ is connected to a second branching point BP², from which second branching point BP² at least two polymeric moieties extend, and which spacer moiety C² is connected to a third branching point BP³, from which third branching point BP³ at least two polymeric moieties extend. It is understood that BP¹, BP², BP³, C¹, C² and the polymeric moieties are part of R¹.

In another preferred embodiment R¹ comprises a spacer moiety C¹, which spacer moiety C¹ comprises a first branching point BP¹, a second branching point BP² and a third branching point BP³, wherein at least one polymeric moiety extends from BP¹, at least one polymeric moiety extends from BP² and at least one polymeric moiety extends from BP³. More preferably, R¹ comprises a spacer moiety C¹, which spacer moiety C¹ comprises a first branching point BP¹, a second branching point BP², a third branching point BP³ and a forth branching point BP⁴, wherein at least one polymeric moiety extends from BP¹, at least one polymeric moiety extends from BP², at least one polymeric moiety extends from BP³ and at least one polymeric moiety P⁴ extends from BP⁴. It is understood that BP¹, BP², BP³, BP⁴, C¹ and the polymeric moieties are part of R¹.

Preferably, BP¹, BP², BP³ and BP⁴ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of—CR⁸<, >C< and —N<, wherein R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more R⁹, which are the same or different, and wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl are optionally interrupted with —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)₂N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R¹⁰)S(O)₂N(R^(10a))—, —S—, —N(R¹⁰)—, —OC(OR¹⁰)(R^(10a))—, —N(R¹⁰)C(O)N(R^(10a))—, and —OC(O)N(R¹⁰)—; wherein R⁹, R¹⁰ and R^(10a) are selected from —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

Preferably, C¹ and C² are independently of other selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more R¹¹, which are the same or different, and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R¹²)—, —S(O)₂N(R¹²)—, —S(O)N(R¹²)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R¹²)S(O)₂N(R^(12a))—, —S—, —N(R¹²)—, —OC(OR¹²)(R^(12a))—, —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R^(12a))—, and —OC(O)N(R¹²)—;

-   wherein —T— is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8- to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl,     and wherein each —T— is independently optionally substituted with     one or more R¹¹, which are the same or different; -   wherein each R¹¹ is independently selected from the group consisting     of halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR¹², —OR¹², —C(O)R¹²,     —C(O)N(R¹²R^(12a)), —S(O)₂N(R¹²R^(12a)), —S(O)N(R¹²R^(12a)),     —S(O)₂R¹², —S(O)R¹², —N(R¹²)S(O)₂N(R^(12a)R^(12b)), —SR¹²,     —N(R¹²R^(12a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R¹², —N(R¹²)C(O)R^(12a),     —N(R¹²)S(O)₂R^(12a), —N(R¹²)S(O)R^(12a), —N(R¹²)C(O)OR^(12a),     —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R^(12a)R^(12b)), —OC(O)N(R¹²R^(12a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; -   and wherein each R¹², R^(12a) and R^(12b) are independently of each     other selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆     alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆     alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen, which     are the same or different.

Preferably, P¹, P², P³, P⁴ are independently of each other a polymeric moiety, more preferably a PEG-based chain comprising at least 40% PEG, even more preferably at least 50% PEG, even more preferably at least 60% PEG, even more preferably at least 70% PEG, even more preferably at least 80% PEG, even more preferably at least 90% PEG and most preferably at least 95% PEG.

In one preferred embodiment P¹, P², P³ and P⁴ have independently of each other a molecular weight ranging from 5 kDa to 20 kDa, more preferably ranging from 7 to 15 kDa, even more preferably ranging from 8 to 12 kDa and most preferably have a molecular weight of about 10 kDa.

In an equally preferred embodiment P¹, P², P³ and P⁴ have independently of each other a molecular weight ranging from 10 to 30 kDa, more preferably ranging from 15 to 25 kDa, even more preferably ranging from 17 to 23 kDa and most preferably have a molecular weight of about 20 kDa.

In a preferred embodiment —R¹ of formula (1a) or (1b) comprises a moiety of formula (2)

wherein

-   —BP¹<, —BP²< and —BP³< are independently of each other selected from     the group consisting of —N< and —C(R⁸)<; -   R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆     alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; -   —P¹, —P², —P³ and —P⁴ are independently of each other a PEG-based     chain comprising at least 40% PEG and having a molecular weight     ranging from 5 to 30 kDa; -   —C¹— and —C²— are independently of each other selected from the     group consisting of C₁₋ ₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl;     wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally     substituted with one or more R⁹, which are the same or different and     wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally     interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting     of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)₂N(R¹⁰)—,     —S(O)N(R¹⁰)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R¹⁰)S(O)₂N(R^(10a))—, —S—,     —N(R¹⁰)—, —OC(OR¹⁰)(R^(10a))—, —N(R¹⁰)C(O)N(R^(10a))—, and     —OC(O)N(R¹⁰)—; -   each T is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8-to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl;     wherein each T is independently optionally substituted with one or     more R⁹, which are the same or different; -   each R⁹ is independently selected from the group consisting of     halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR¹¹, —OR¹¹, —C(O)R¹¹,     —C(O)N(R¹¹R^(11a)), —S(O)₂N(R¹¹R^(11a)), —S(O)N(R¹¹R^(11a)),     —S(O)₂R¹¹, —S(O)R¹¹, —N(R¹¹)S(O)₂N(R^(11a)R^(11b)), —SR¹¹,     —N(R¹¹R^(11a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R¹¹, —N(R¹¹)C(O)R^(11a),     —N(R¹¹)S(O)₂R^(11a), —N(R¹¹)S(O)R^(11a), —N(R¹¹)C(O)OR^(11a),     —N(R¹¹)C(O)N(R^(11a)R^(11b)), —OC(O)N(R¹¹R^(11a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; and -   each R¹⁰, R^(10a), R¹¹, R^(11a) and R^(11b) is independently     selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl, wherein     C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen, which     are the same or different.

In a preferred embodiment BP¹ of formula (2) is —N<.

In a preferred embodiment BP² and BP² of formula (2) are both —CH<.

It is advantageous if the first branching point BP¹ and the attachment site of X are separated by no more than a certain number of atoms.

Preferably, the critical distance in the compounds of formula (1a) or (1b) is less than 60 atoms, more preferably less than 50 atoms, even more preferably less than 40 atoms, even more preferably less than 30 atoms, even more preferably less than 20 atoms and most preferably less than 10 atoms.

The term “critical distance” refers to the shortest distance measured as the number of atoms between the first branching point BP¹ comprised in R¹ and the atom marked with the asterisk in formula (a), if the compound is of formula (1a), or refers to the number of atoms between the first branching point BP¹ comprised in R¹ and the atom marked with the asterisk in formula (b), if the compound is of formula (1b):

wherein the dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of the compound of formula (1a) in the case of (a) and to the remainder of the compound of formula (1b) in the case of (b).

In a preferred embodiment —P¹, —P², —P³ and —P⁴ of formula (2) independently of each other have a molecular weight ranging from 5 kDa to 20 kDa, more preferably ranging from 7 to 15 kDa, even more preferably ranging from 8 to 12 kDa and most preferably have a molecular weight of about 10 kDa.

In an equally preferred embodiment —P¹, —P², —P³ and —P⁴ of formula (2) independently of each other have a molecular weight ranging from 10 to 30 kDa, more preferably ranging from 15 to 25 kDa, even more preferably ranging from 17 to 23 kDa and most preferably have a molecular weight of about 20 kDa.

In a preferred embodiment —C¹— and —C²— of formula (2) are C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, which C₁₋₅₀ alkyl is interrupted by one or more of the groups selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)N(R¹⁰)— and 3- to 10 membered heterocyclyl; wherein the 3- to 10 membered heterocyclyl is substituted with at least one oxo (═O).

Most preferably, —C¹— and —C²— of formula (2) are of formula (2a)

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     BP¹; -   the unmarked dashed line indicates attachment to BP² or BP³,     respectively; -   q1 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8; preferably q1 is 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8;     more preferably q1 is 5, 6 or 7; most preferably q1 is 6; -   q2 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; preferably q2 is 1, 2 or 3; most preferably     q2 is 2; -   q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8; preferably q3 is 2, 3, 4, or 5; more     preferably q3 is 2, 3 or 4; most preferably q3 is 3; -   q4 is 1, 2 or 3; most preferably, q4 is 1.

In a preferred embodiment P¹, P², P³ and P⁴ of formula (2) are independently of each other of formula (2b)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment the rest of R¹, i.e. to BP² or     BP³, respectively, -   m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; preferably 0 or 1, -   p is an integer ranging from 57 to 1420, more preferably from 85 to     850; and -   q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.

In a preferred embodiment p of formula (2b) ranges from 170 to 284, even more preferably from 198 to 255 and most preferably from 215 to 238.

In an equally preferred embodiment p of formula (2b) ranges from 340 to 568, even more preferably from 398 to 510 and most preferably from 426 to 482.

More preferably, —R¹ comprises a moiety of formula (2c):

wherein

p1, p2, p3 and p4 are independently an integer ranging from 57 to 1420, even more preferably from 85 to 850.

In a preferred embodiment p1, p2, p3 and p4 of formula (2c) are an integer independently selected from 170 to 284, even more preferably from 198 to 255 and most preferably from 215 to 238.

In an equally preferred embodiment p1, p2, p3 and p4 of formula (2c) are an integer independently selected from 340 to 568, even more preferably from 398 to 510 and most preferably from 426 to 482.

In a preferred embodiment —R² of formula (1b) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. More preferably, —R² of formula (1b) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl. Even more preferably —R² of formula (1b) is selected from —H, methyl and ethyl. Most preferably, —R² of formula (1b) is —H.

In a preferred embodiment —R³ of formula (1a) and (1b) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. More preferably, —R³ of formula (1a) and (1b) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl. Even more preferably —R³ of formula (1a) and (1b) is selected from —H, methyl and ethyl. Most preferably, —R³ of formula (1a) and (1b) is —H.

In a preferred embodiment, each —R⁴ of formula (1a) or (1b) is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. More preferably, —R⁴ of formula (1a) or (1b) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl. Even more preferably —R⁴ of formula (1a) or (1b) is selected from methyl and ethyl.

In a preferred embodiment —R⁵ of formula (1a) or (1b) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. More preferably, —R⁵ of formula (1a) or (1b) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl. Even more preferably —R⁵ of formula (1a) or (1b) is selected from methyl and ethyl. Most preferably, —R⁵ of formula (1a) or (1b) is methyl.

In a preferred embodiment —R⁶ and —R^(6a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. More preferably, —R⁶ and —R^(6a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl. Even more preferably —R⁶ and —R^(6a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are independently selected from —H, methyl and ethyl. Most preferably, —R⁶ and —R^(6a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are both —H.

In a preferred embodiment X of formula (1a) or (1b) is preferably selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(z1))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(z1))—, —S(O)N(R^(z1))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(z1))S(O)₂N(R^(z1a))—, —S—, —N(R^(z1))—, —OC(OR^(z1))(R^(z1a))—, —N(R^(z1))C(O)N(R^(z1a))—, —OC(O)N(R^(z1))—, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein —T—, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more R^(z2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(z3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(z3))—, —S(O)N(R^(z3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(z3))S(O)₂N(R^(z3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(z3))—, —OC(OR^(z3))(R^(z3a))—, —N(R^(z3))C(O)N(R^(z3a))—, and —OC(O)N(R^(z3))—;

-   R^(z1) and R^(z1a) are independently of each other selected from the     group consisting of —H, —T, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀     alkynyl; wherein —T, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl     are optionally substituted with one or more R^(z2), which are the     same or different, and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀     alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected     from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—,     —C(O)N(R^(z4))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(z4))—, —S(O)N(R^(z4))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—,     —N(R^(z4))S(O)₂N(R^(z4a))—, —S—, —N(R^(z4))—,     —OC(OR^(z4))(R^(z4a))—, —N(R^(z4))C(O)N(R^(z4a))—, and     —OC(O)N(R^(z4))—; -   each T is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl;     wherein each T is independently optionally substituted with one or     more R^(z2), which are the same or different; -   each R^(z2) is independently selected from the group consisting of     halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR^(z5), —OR^(z5), —C(O)R^(z5),     —C(O)N(R^(z5)R^(z5a)),—S(O)₂N(R^(z5)R^(z5a)),—S(O)N(R^(z5)R^(z5a)),     —S(O)₂R^(z5), —S(O)R^(z5), —N(R^(z5))S(O)₂N(R^(z5a)R^(z5b)),     —SR^(z5), —N(R^(z5)R^(z5a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R^(z5),     —N(R^(z5))C(O)R^(z5a), —N(R^(z5))S(O)₂R^(z5a),     —N(R^(z5))S(O)R^(z5a), —N(R^(z5))C(O)OR^(z5a),     —N(R^(z5))C(O)N(R^(z5a)R^(z5b)), —OC(O)N(R^(z5)R^(z5a)), and C₁₋₆     alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; -   each R^(z3), R^(z3a), R^(z4), R^(z4a), R^(z5), R^(z5a) and R^(z5b)     is independently selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆     alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different.

More preferably, X of formula (1a) or (1b) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl; wherein C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more R^(z2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(z3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(z3))—, —S(O)N(R^(z3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(z3))S(O)₂N(R^(z3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(z3))—, —OC(OR^(z3))(R^(z3a))—, —N(R^(z3))C(O)N(R^(z3a))—, and —OC(O)N(R^(z3))—;

-   each T is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl;     wherein each T is independently optionally substituted with one or     more R^(z2), which are the same or different; -   each R^(z2) is independently selected from C₁₋₆ alkyl, wherein C₁₋₆     alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen, which are     the same or different; -   each R^(z3), R^(z3a) is independently selected from the group     consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl, wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally     substituted with one or more halogen, which are the same or     different.

Even more preferably, X of formula (1a) or (1b) is C₁₋₁₀ alkyl which is optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(z3))—, —S—, —N(R^(z3))—, —OC(OR^(z3))(R^(z3a))— and —OC(O)N(R^(z3))—;

each R^(z3), R^(z3) is independently selected from —H and C₁₋₆ alkyl.

Most preferably, X of formula (1a) or (1b) is of formula (3)

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to the     R¹; -   the unmarked dashed line indicates attachment to remainder of the     compound;     -   q5 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8; preferably q5 is 1, 2, 3, 4, or         5; more preferably q5 is 2, 3 or 4; most preferably q5 is 3;

Preferably, Ar of formula (1a) or (1b) is phenyl. Most preferably Ar of formula (1a) or (1b) is

wherein the dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of the compound of formula (1a) or (1b).

Preferably W of formula (1a) or (1b) is C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, optionally interrupted with C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R⁷)—, —O—, —S— and —N(R⁷)—. Even more preferably, W of formula (1a) and (1b) is C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, optionally interrupted with C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R⁷)—, —O—, —S— and —N(R⁷)—. Even more preferably, W of formula (1a) and (1b) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally interrupted with C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R⁷)—, —O—, —S— and —N(R⁷)—. Most preferably, W of formula (1a) or (1b) is

wherein

the dashed lines indicate attachment to the rest of the molecule.

Preferably, —Nu of formula (1a) or (1b) is —N(R⁷R^(7a)).

Preferably, —R⁷ and —R^(7a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl. More preferably, —R⁷ and —R^(7a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are independently of each other selected from —H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and isopropyl. Even more preferably, —R⁷ and —R^(7a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are independently of each other selected from methyl or ethyl. Most preferably, —R⁷ and —R^(7a) of formula (1a) or (1b) are both methyl.

Preferably, the water-soluble controlled-release growth hormone compound is compound 2 of example 2 of WO2016/079114A1. Accordingly, a preferred water-soluble controlled-release growth hormone compound has structure of formula (A1):

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a CNP agonist moiety. Doses of the CNP agonist moiety typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free CNP agonist converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises an IGF-1 moiety or drug. Doses of IGF-1 typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free IGF-1 converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises an ANP moiety or drug. Doses of ANP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free ANP converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises a BNP moiety or drug. Doses of BNP typically and preferably administered to a human patient are as described above for free BNP converted into the equivalent doses of the water-soluble controlled-release compound.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises an inhibitor of peptidases and proteases moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound comprises an inhibitor of NPR-C moiety or drug.

In another embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety in the form of a water-soluble controlled-release compound is PTH. Preferred PTH sequences are SEQ ID NOs:1 to 121 of WO2017/148883A1, most preferably the PTH having the SEQ ID NO: 51, which are herewith incorporated by reference.

The CNP agonist is or comprises a CNP agonist selected from the group consisting of small molecules, natural products, oligonucleotides, polypeptides and proteins.

In one embodiment the CNP agonist is or comprises a small molecule. In one embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a small molecule. In another embodiment the CNP agonist is a small molecule.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist is or comprises a natural product. In one embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a natural product. In another embodiment the CNP agonist is a natural product.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist is or comprises an oligonucleotide. Preferably, such oligonucleotide is selected from the group consisting of antisense oligonucleotides, aptamers, RNAi and siRNA. In one embodiment the CNP agonist comprises an oligonucleotide, more preferably selected from the group consisting of antisense oligonucleotides, aptamers, RNAi and siRNA. In another embodiment the CNP agonist is an oligonucleotide, more preferably selected from the group consisting of antisense oligonucleotides, aptamers, RNAi and siRNA.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist is or comprises a protein. In one embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a protein. In another embodiment the CNP agonist is a protein.

In one embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a polypeptide. In another embodiment the CNP agonist is a polypeptide. Preferably the CNP agonist comprises a CNP molecule or moiety. More preferably the CNP agonist is CNP. Even more preferably the CNP agonist comprises a CNP molecule or moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:25 or SEQ ID NO:30. Even more preferably the CNP agonist is CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:25 or SEQ ID NO:30. Even more preferably the CNP agonist comprises a CNP molecule or moiety CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24. Most preferably the CNP agonist is a CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

Preferably, the CNP agonist is a controlled-release CNP agonist. In the following sections the controlled-release CNP agonist comprised in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is described in further detail.

The controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 6 hours. Preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 12 hours. Even more preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 24 hours. Even more preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 48 hours. Even more preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 72 hours. Even more preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 96 hours. Even more preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 120 hours. Even more preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist releases at least one CNP agonist under physiological conditions with a release half-life of at least 144 hours.

The controlled-release CNP agonist preferably comprises a CNP agonist selected from the group consisting of small molecules, natural products, oligonucleotides, polypeptides and proteins.

In one embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a small molecule. Preferably, the CNP agonist is a small molecule.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a natural product. Preferably, the CNP agonist is a natural product.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist comprises an oligonucleotide. Preferably, such oligonucleotide is selected from the group consisting of antisense oligonucleotides, aptamers, RNAi and siRNA. Preferably, the CNP agonist is an oligonucleotide, more preferably selected from the group consisting of antisense oligonucleotides, aptamers, RNAi and siRNA.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a protein. Preferably, the CNP agonist is a protein.

In a preferred embodiment the CNP agonist comprises a polypeptide. More preferably the CNP agonist is a polypeptide. Preferably the CNP agonist comprises a CNP molecule or moiety. More preferably the CNP agonist is CNP. Even more preferably the CNP agonist comprises a CNP molecule or moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:25 or SEQ ID NO:30. Even more preferably the CNP agonist is CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:25 or SEQ ID NO:30. Even more preferably the CNP agonist comprises a CNP molecule or moiety CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24. Most preferably the CNP agonist is a CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In one embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is water-insoluble.

Preferably, the controlled-release CNP agonist is selected from the group consisting of crystals, nanoparticles, microparticles, nanospheres and microspheres.

In one embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a crystal comprising at least one CNP agonist.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a nanoparticle comprising at least one CNP agonist.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a microparticle comprising at least one CNP agonist.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a nanosphere comprising at least one CNP agonist.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a microsphere comprising at least one CNP agonist.

In one embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a vesicle comprising at least one CNP agonist. Preferably, such vesicle comprising at least one CNP agonist is a micelle, liposome or polymersome.

In one embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a micelle comprising at least one CNP agonist.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a liposome comprising at least one CNP agonist. Preferably, such liposome is selected from the group consisting of aquasomes; non-ionic surfactant vesicles, such as niosomes and proniosomes; cationic liposomes, such as LeciPlex; transfersomes; ethosomes; ufasomes; sphingosomes; and pharmacosomes.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a polymersome comprising at least one CNP agonist.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist comprises at least one CNP agonist non-covalently embedded in a water-insoluble polymer. Preferably, such water-insoluble polymer comprises a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

In a preferred embodiment the controlled-release CNP comprises at least one CNP agonist non-covalently embedded in poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA).

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist comprises at least one CNP agonist covalently and reversibly conjugated to a water-insoluble polymer. Preferably such water-insoluble polymer comprises a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

Preferably such controlled-release CNP agonist comprising at least one CNP agonist covalently and reversibly conjugated to a water-insoluble polymer is a CNP agonist prodrug comprising a conjugate D-L, wherein

-   —D is a CNP agonist moiety; and -   —L comprises a reversible prodrug linker moiety —L¹—; -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z′ and is optionally further     substituted; wherein -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer moiety; and -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier moiety.

It is understood that a multitude of moieties —L²—L¹—D is connected to a water-insoluble carrier —Z′.

The water-insoluble carrier —Z′ is preferably a hydrogel. Preferably, such hydrogel comprises a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

If the carrier —Z′ is a hydrogel, it is preferably a hydrogel comprising PEG or hyaluronic acid. Most preferably such hydrogel comprises PEG.

Even more preferably, the carrier —Z′ is a hydrogel as described in WO 2006/003014 A2, WO 2011/012715 A1 or WO 2014/056926 A1, which are herewith incorporated by reference in their entirety.

In another embodiment —Z′ is a polymer network formed through the physical aggregation of polymer chains, which physical aggregation is preferably caused by hydrogen bonds, crystallization, helix formation or complexation. In one embodiment such polymer network is a thermogelling polymer.

In another embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is water soluble.

In one embodiment the CNP agonist is a polypeptide or protein and the controlled-release CNP agonist is a fusion protein comprising such polypeptide or protein CNP agonist moiety fused to one or more further polypeptide or protein moiety. Preferably, the CNP agonist is released from the fusion protein through enzymatic cleavage. Preferably, such at least one or more further polypeptide or protein moieties are selected from the group consisting of carboxyl-terminal peptide of the chorionic gonadotropin as described in US 2012/0035101 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference; albumin; XTEN sequences as described in WO 2011123813 A2 which are herewith incorporated by reference; proline/alanine random coil sequences as described in WO 2011/144756 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference; proline/alanine/serine random coil sequences as described in WO 2008/155134 A1 and WO 2013/024049 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference; and Fc fusion proteins.

In a preferred embodiment the controlled-release CNP agonist is a CNP agonist compound of formula (Ia) or (Ib)

wherein

-   —D is a CNP agonist moiety; -   —L¹— is a reversible prodrug linker moiety; -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer moiety; -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier moiety; -   x is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,     6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16; and -   y is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4 and     5.

It is understood that the compounds of (Ia) and (Ib) are prodrugs.

Preferably, x of formula (Ia) is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8. More preferably x of formula (Ia) is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 4, and 6. Even more preferably x of formula (Ia) is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 4 and 6 and most preferably x of formula (Ia) is 1.

Preferably, y of formula (Ib) is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2 or 3. In one preferred embodiment y of formula (Ib) is 1. In an equally preferred embodiment y of formula (Ib) is 2.

Preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist is a CNP agonist prodrug of formula (Ia) with x = 1.

The moiety —L¹— is a reversible prodrug linker from which the drug, i.e. the CNP agonist, is released in its free form, i.e. —L¹— is a traceless prodrug linker. Suitable prodrug linkers are known in the art, such as for example the reversible prodrug linker moieties disclosed in WO 2005/099768 A2, WO 2006/136586 A2, WO 2011/089216 A1and WO 2013/024053 A1, which are incorporated by reference herewith.

In another embodiment —L¹— is a reversible prodrug linker as described in WO 2011/012722 A1, WO 2011/089214 A1, WO 2011/089215 A1, WO 2013/024052 A1 and WO 2013/160340 A1 which are incorporated by reference herewith.

The moiety —L¹— can be connected to —D through any type of linkage, provided that it is reversible. Preferably, —L¹— is connected to —D through a linkage selected from the group consisting of amide, ester, carbamate, acetal, aminal, imine, oxime, hydrazone, disulfide and acylguanidine. Even more preferably —L¹— is connected to —D through a linkage selected from the group consisting of amide, ester, carbamate and acylguanidine. It is understood that these linkages may not per se be reversible, but that neighboring groups comprised in —L¹— may render the linkage reversible.

In a preferred embodiment, the moiety —L¹— is connected to —D through an amide linkage.

A particularly preferred moiety —L¹— is disclosed in WO 2009/095479 A2. Accordingly, in one preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is of formula (II):

wherein the dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond;

-   —X— is —C(R⁴R^(4a))—; —N(R⁴)—; —O—; —C(R⁴R^(4a))—C(R⁵R^(5a))—;     —C(R⁵R^(5a))—C(R⁴R^(4a))—; —C(R⁴R^(4a))—N(R⁶)—; —N(R⁶)—C(R⁴R^(4a))—;     —C(R⁴R^(4a))—O—; —O—C(R⁴R^(4a))—; or —C(R⁷R^(7a))—; -   X¹ is C; or S(O); -   —X²— is —C(R⁸R^(8a))—; or —C(R⁸R^(8a))—C(R⁹R^(9a))—; -   ═X³ is ═O; ═S; or ═N—CN; -   —R¹, —R^(1a), —R², —R^(2a), —R⁴, —R^(4a), —R⁵, —R^(5a), —R⁶, —R⁸,     —R^(8a), —R⁹, —R^(9a) are independently selected from the group     consisting of —H; and C₁₋₆ alkyl; -   —R³, —R^(3a) are independently selected from the group consisting of     —H; and C₁₋₆ alkyl, provided that in case one of —R³, —R^(3a) or     both are other than —H they are connected to N to which they are     attached through an SP³-hybridized carbon atom; -   —R⁷ is —N(R¹⁰R^(10a)); or —NR¹⁰—(C═O)—R¹¹; -   —R^(7a), —R¹⁰, —R^(10a), —R¹¹ are independently of each other —H; or     C₁₋₆ alkyl; -   optionally, one or more of the pairs —R^(1a)/—R^(4a),     —R^(1a)/—R^(5a), —R^(1a)/—R^(7a), —R^(4a)/—R^(5a), —R^(8a)/—R^(9a)     form a chemical bond; -   optionally, one or more of the pairs —R¹/—R^(1a), —R²/—R^(2a),     —R⁴/—R^(4a), —R⁵/—R^(5a), —R⁸/—R^(8a), —R⁹/—R^(9a) are joined     together with the atom to which they are attached to form a C₃₋₁₀     cycloalkyl; or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; -   optionally, one or more of the pairs —R¹/—R⁴, —R¹/—R⁵,     —R¹/—R⁶,—R¹/—R^(7a), —R⁴/—R⁵, —R⁴/—R⁶, —R⁸/—R⁹, —R²/—R³ are joined     together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring A; -   optionally, R³/R^(3a) are joined together with the nitrogen atom to     which they are attached to form a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; -   A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl; naphthyl;     indenyl; indanyl; tetralinyl; C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl; 3- to 10-membered     heterocyclyl; and 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl; and -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen marked     with the asterisk in formula (II) is not replaced by —L²—Z or —L²—Z′     or a substituent; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (II) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

In one embodiment —L¹— of formula (II) is not further substituted.

It is understood that if,—R³/—R^(3a) of formula (II) are joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, only such 3- to 10-membered heterocycles may be formed in which the atoms directly attached to the nitrogen are SP³-hybridized carbon atoms. In other words, such 3- to 10-membered heterocycle formed by, —R³/—R^(3a) together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached has the following structure:

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to the rest of —L¹—; -   the ring comprises 3 to 10 atoms comprising at least one nitrogen;     and -   R^(#) and R^(##) represent an SP³-hydridized carbon atom.

It is also understood that the 3- to 10-membered heterocycle may be further substituted.

Exemplary embodiments of suitable 3- to 10-membered heterocycles formed by, —R³/—R^(3a) of formula (II) together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are the following:

wherein

-   dashed lines indicate attachment to the rest of the molecule; and -   -R is selected from the group consisting of —H and C₁₋₆ alkyl. -   —L¹— of formula (II) may optionally be further substituted. In     general, any substituent may be used as far as the cleavage     principle is not affected, i.e. the hydrogen marked with the     asterisk in formula (II) is not replaced and the nitrogen of the     moiety

of formula (II) remains part of a primary, secondary or tertiary amine, i.e. —R³ and —R^(3a) are independently of each other —H or are connected to —N< through an SP³-hybridized carbon atom.

In one embodiment —R¹ or —R^(1a) of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R² or —R^(2a) of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R³ or —R^(3a) of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R⁴ of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R⁵ or —R^(5a) of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R⁶ of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R⁷ or —R^(7a) of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R⁸ or —R^(8a) of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′. In another embodiment —R⁹ or —R^(9a) of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Most preferably —R⁴ of formula (II) is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably, —X— of formula (II) is —C(R⁴R^(4a))— or —N(R⁴)—. Most preferably, —X— of formula (II) is —C(R⁴R^(4a))—.

Preferably, X¹ of formula (II) is C.

Preferably, ═X³ of formula (II) is ═O.

Preferably, —X²— of formula (II) is —C(R⁸R^(8a))—.

Preferably —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (II) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably at least one of —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (II) is —H. Even more preferably both —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (II) are —H.

Preferably, —R¹ and —R^(1a) of formula (II) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R¹ and —R^(1a) of formula (II) is —H. Even more preferably both —R¹ and —R^(1a) of formula (II) are —H.

Preferably, —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (II) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (II) is —H. Even more preferably both —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (II) are H.

Preferably, —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (II) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Even more preferably at least one of —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (II) is methyl. In an equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (II) are both —H. In another equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (II) are both methyl.

Preferably, —R³ of formula (II) is —H and —R^(3a) of formula (II) is methyl.

Preferably, —R⁴ and —R^(4a) of formula (II) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R⁴ and —R^(4a) of formula (II) is —H. Even more preferably both —R⁴ and —R^(4a) of formula (II) are —H.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— is of formula (IIa):

wherein the dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond;

-   —R¹, —R^(1a), —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a), —R⁴, —R^(4a) and —X²— are     used as defined in formula (II); and -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen marked     with the asterisk in formula (IIa) is not replaced by —L²—Z or     —L²—Z′ or a substituent.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIa) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIa) is not further substituted.

Preferably, —R¹ and —R^(1a) of formula (IIa) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R¹ and —R^(1a) of formula (IIa) is —H. Even more preferably both —R¹ and —R^(1a) of formula (IIa) are —H.

Preferably, —R⁴ and —R^(4a) of formula (IIa) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R⁴ and —R^(4a) of formula (IIa) is —H. Even more preferably both —R⁴ and —R^(4a) of formula (IIa) are —H.

Preferably, —X²— of formula (IIa) is —C(R⁸R^(8a))—.

Preferably —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIa) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably at least one of —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIa) is —H. Even more preferably both —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIa) are —H.

Preferably, —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIa) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIa) is —H. Even more preferably both —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIa) are H.

Preferably, —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIa) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Even more preferably at least one of —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIa) is methyl. In an equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIa) are both —H. In another equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIa) are both methyl.

Preferably, —R³ of formula (IIa) is —H and —R^(3a) of formula (IIa) is methyl.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— is of formula (IIb):

-   wherein the dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of —D     which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; -   —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a) and —X²— are used as defined in formula     (II); and wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and     wherein —L¹— is optionally further substituted, provided that the     hydrogen marked with the asterisk in formula (IIb) is not replaced     by —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ or a substituent.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIb) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIb) is not further substituted.

Preferably, —X²— of formula (IIb) is —C(R⁸R^(8a))—.

Preferably —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIb) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably at least one of —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIb) is —H. Even more preferably both —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIb) are —H.

Preferably, —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIb) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIb) is —H. Even more preferably both —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIb) are H.

Preferably, —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Even more preferably at least one of —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb) is methyl. In an equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb) are both —H. In another equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb) are both methyl.

Most preferably, —R³ of formula (IIb) is —H and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb) is methyl.

Even more preferably the moiety —L¹— is of formula (IIb′):

wherein

-   wherein the dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of D     which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L²—; -   —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a) and —X²— are used as defined in formula     (II); and wherein —L¹— is optionally further substituted, provided     that the hydrogen marked with the asterisk in formula (IIb′) is not     replaced by a substituent.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIb′) is not further substituted.

Preferably, —X²— of formula (IIb′) is —C(R⁸R^(8a))—.

Preferably —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIb′) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably at least one of —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIb′) is —H. Even more preferably both —R⁸ and —R^(8a) of formula (IIb′) are —H.

Preferably, —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIb′) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl and ethyl. More preferably, at least one of —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIb′) is —H. Even more preferably both —R² and —R^(2a) of formula (IIb′) are —H.

Preferably, —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb′) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Even more preferably at least one of -R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb′) is methyl. In an equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb′) are both —H. In another equally preferred embodiment —R³ and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb′) are both methyl.

Most preferably, —R³ of formula (IIb′) is —H and —R^(3a) of formula (IIb′) is methyl.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— is of formula (IIc):

-   wherein the dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of —D     which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen marked     with the asterisk in formula (IIc) is not replaced by —L²—Z or     —L²—Z′ or a substituent.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIc) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIc) is not further substituted.

In another preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is of formula (IIc-a):

-   wherein the dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of —D     which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen marked     with the asterisk in formula (IIc) is not replaced by —L²—Z or     —L²—Z′ or a substituent.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIc-a) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIc-a) is not further substituted.

In another preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is of formula (IIc-b):

-   wherein the dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of —D     which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen marked     with the asterisk in formula (IIc) is not replaced by —L²—Z or     —L²—Z′ or a substituent.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIc-b) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIc-b) is not further substituted.

Even more preferably the moiety —L¹— is selected from the group consisting of formula (IIc-i), (IIc-ii), (IIc-iii), (IIc-iv) and (IIc-v):

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L²—Z or —L²—Z′; and -   —L¹— is optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen     marked with the asterisk in formula (IIc-i), (IIc-ii), (IIc-iii),     (IIc-iv) and (IIc-v) is not replaced by a substituent.

Preferably, the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIc-i), (IIc-ii), (IIc-iii), (IIc-iv) and (IIc-v) is not further substituted.

In a particularly preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIc-ii) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

In an equally preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is selected from the group consisting of formula (IIc-i′), (IIc-ii′), (IIc-iii′), (IIc-iv′) and (IIc-v′):

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L²—Z or —L²—Z′; and -   —L¹— is optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen     marked with the asterisk in formula (IIc-i′), (IIc-ii′), (IIc-iii′),     (IIc-iv′) and (IIc-v′) is not replaced by a substituent.

Preferably, the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIc-i′), (IIc-ii′), (IIc-iii′), (IIc-iv′) and (IIc-v′) is not further substituted.

In another particularly preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIc-ii′) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

In an equally preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is selected from the group consisting of formula (IIc-i″), (IIc-ii″), (IIc-iii″) and (IIc-iv″):

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L²—Z or —L²—Z′; and -   —L¹— is optionally further substituted, provided that the hydrogen     marked with the asterisk in formula (IIc-i″), (IIc-ii″), (IIc-iii″)     and (IIc-iv″) is not replaced by a substituent.

Preferably, the moiety —L¹— of formula (IIc-i″), (IIc-ii″), (IIc-iii″) and (IIc-iv″) is not further substituted.

In another particularly preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IIc-ii″) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

The optional further substituents of —L¹— of formula (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIb′), (IIc), (IIc-i), (IIc-ii), (IIc-iii), (IIc-iv), (IIc-v), (IIc-i′), (IIc-ii′), (IIc-iii′), (IIc-iv′), (IIc-v′), (IIc-i″), (IIc-ii″), (IIc-iii) and (IIc-iv″) are preferably as described above.

Another preferred moiety —L¹— is disclosed in unpublished European Patent Application 14180004, which corresponds to the international application with the application number PCT/EP2015/067929. Accordingly, in another preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹— is of formula (III):

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to a primary or secondary amine     or hydroxyl of —D by forming an amide or ester linkage,     respectively; -   —R¹, —R^(1a), —R², —R^(2a), —R³ and —R^(3a) are independently of     each other selected from the group consisting of —H,     —C(R⁸R^(8a)R^(8b)), —C(═O)R⁸, —C═N, —C(═NR⁸)R^(8a),     —CR⁸(═CR^(8a)R^(8b)), —C≡CR⁸ and —T; -   —R⁴, —R⁵ and —R^(5a) are independently of each other selected from     the group consisting of —H, —C(R⁹R^(9a)R^(9b)) and —T; -   a1 and a2 are independently of each other 0 or 1; -   each —R⁶, —R^(6a), —R⁷, —k^(7a), —R⁸, —R^(8a), —R^(8b), —R⁹,     —R^(9a), —R^(9b) are independently of each other selected from the     group consisting of —H, halogen, —CN, —COOR¹⁰, —OR¹⁰, —C(O)R¹⁰,     —C(O)N(R¹⁰R^(10a)), —S(O)₂N(R¹⁰R^(10a)), —S(O)N(R¹⁰R^(10a)),     —S(O)₂R¹⁰, —S(O)R¹⁰, —N(R¹⁰)S(O)₂N(R^(10a)R^(10b)), —SR¹⁰,     —N(R¹⁰R^(10a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R¹⁰, —N(R¹⁰)C(O)R^(10a),     —N(R¹⁰)S(O)₂R^(10a), —N(R¹⁰)S(O)R^(10a), —N(R¹⁰)C(O)OR^(10a),     —N(R¹⁰)C(O)N(R^(10a)R^(10b)), —OC(O)N(R¹⁰R^(10a)), —T, C₁₋₂₀ alkyl,     C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl; wherein —T, C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₂₋₂₀     alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or     more —R¹¹, which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₂₀ alkyl,     C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one     or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—,     —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R¹²)—, —S(O)₂N(R¹²)—, —S(O)N(R¹²)—, —S(O)₂—,     —S(O)—, —N(R¹²)S(O)₂N(R^(12a))—, —S—, —N(R¹²)—, —OC(OR¹²)(R^(12a))—,     —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R^(12a))—, and —OC(O)N(R¹²)—; -   each —R¹⁰, —R^(10a), —R^(10b) is independently selected from the     group consisting of —H, —T, C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀     alkynyl; wherein —T, C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl     are optionally substituted with one or more —R¹¹, which are the same     or different and wherein C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀     alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected     from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—,     —C(O)N(R¹²)—, —S(O)₂N(R¹²)—, —S(O)N(R¹²)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—,     —N(R¹²)S(O)₂N(R^(12a))—, —S—, —N(R¹²)—, —OC(OR¹²)(R^(12a))—,     —N(R¹²)C(O)N(R^(12a))—, and —OC(O)N(R¹²)—; -   each T is independently of each other selected from the group     consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀     cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, and 8- to 11-membered     heterobicyclyl; wherein each T is independently optionally     substituted with one or more —R¹¹, which are the same or different; -   each —R¹¹ is independently of each other selected from halogen, —CN,     oxo (═O), —COOR¹³, —OR¹³, —C(O)R¹³, —C(O)N(R¹³R^(13a)),     —S(O)₂N(R¹³R^(13a)), —S(O)N(R¹³R^(13a)), —S(O)₂R¹³, —S(O)R¹³,     —N(R¹³)S(O)₂N(R^(13a)R^(13b)), —SR¹³, —N(R¹³R^(13a)), —NO₂,     —OC(O)R¹³, —N(R¹³)C(O)R^(13a), —N(R¹³)S(O)₂R^(13a),     —N(R¹³)S(O)R^(13a), —N(R¹³)C(O)OR^(13a),     —N(R¹³)C(O)N(R^(13a)R^(13b)), —OC(O)N(R¹³R^(13a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; -   each —R¹², —R^(12a), —R¹³, —R^(13a), —R^(13b) is independently     selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl; wherein     C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen, which     are the same or different; -   optionally, one or more of the pairs —R¹/—R^(1a), —R²/—R^(2a),     —R³/—R^(3a), —R⁶/—R^(6a), —R⁷/—R^(7a) are joined together with the     atom to which they are attached to form a C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl or a 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl; -   optionally, one or more of the pairs —R¹/—R², —R¹/—R³, -R¹/—R⁴,     —R¹/—R⁵, —R¹/—R⁶, —R¹/—R⁷, —R²/—R³, —R²/—R⁴, —R²/—R⁵, —R²/—R⁶,     —R²/—R⁷, —R³/—R⁴, —R³/—R⁵, —R³/—R⁶, —R³/—R⁷, —R⁴/—R⁵, —R⁴/—R⁶,     —R⁴/—R⁷, —R⁵/—R⁶, —R⁵/—R⁷, —R⁶/—R⁷ are joint together with the atoms     to which they are attached to form a ring A; -   A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl; naphthyl;     indenyl; indanyl; tetralinyl; C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl; 3- to 10-membered     heterocyclyl; and 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl; -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

The optional further substituents of —L¹— of formula (III) are preferably as described above.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (III) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

In one embodiment —L¹— of formula (III) is not further substituted.

Additional preferred embodiments for —L¹— are disclosed in EP1536334B1, WO2009/009712A1, WO2008/034122A1, WO2009/143412A2, WO2011/082368A2, and US8618124B2, which are herewith incorporated by reference in their entirety.

Additional preferred embodiments for —L¹— are disclosed in US8946405B2 and US8754190B2, which are herewith incorporated by reference in their entirety. Accordingly, a preferred moiety —L¹— is of formula (IV):

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —D which is a CNP agonist     moiety and wherein attachment is through a functional group of —D     selected from the group consisting of —OH, —SH and —NH₂; -   m is 0 or 1; -   at least one or both of —R¹ and —R² is/are independently of each     other selected from the group consisting of —CN, —NO₂, optionally     substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally     substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, —C(O)R³,     —S(O)R³, —S(O)₂R³, and —SR⁴, -   one and only one of —R¹ and —R² is selected from the group     consisting of —H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally     substituted arylalkyl, and optionally substituted heteroarylalkyl; -   —R³ is selected from the group consisting of —H, optionally     substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally     substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally     substituted heteroarylalkyl, —OR⁹ and —N(R⁹)²; -   —R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted     alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted     arylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally     substituted heteroarylalkyl; -   each —R⁵ is independently selected from the group consisting of —H,     optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenylalkyl,     optionally substituted alkynylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,     optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl     and optionally substituted heteroarylalkyl; -   —R⁹ is selected from the group consisting of —H and optionally     substituted alkyl; -   —Y— is absent and —X— is —O— or —S—; or -   —Y— is —N(Q)CH₂— and —X— is —O—; -   Q is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted     alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted     arylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl and optionally     substituted heteroarylalkyl; -   optionally, —R¹ and —R² may be joined to form a 3 to 8-membered     ring; and -   optionally, both —R⁹ together with the nitrogen to which they are     attached form a heterocyclic ring; -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

Only in the context of formula (IV) the terms used have the following meaning:

The term “alkyl” as used herein includes linear, branched or cyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups of 1 to 8 carbons, or in some embodiments 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

The term “alkoxy” includes alkyl groups bonded to oxygen, including methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, and similar.

The term “alkenyl” includes non-aromatic unsaturated hydrocarbons with carbon-carbon double bonds.

The term “alkynyl” includes non-aromatic unsaturated hydrocarbons with carbon-carbon triple bonds.

The term “aryl” includes aromatic hydrocarbon groups of 6 to 18 carbons, preferably 6 to 10 carbons, including groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. The term “heteroaryl” includes aromatic rings comprising 3 to 15 carbons containing at least one N, O or S atom, preferably 3 to 7 carbons containing at least one N, O or S atom, including groups such as pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, indolyl, indenyl, and similar.

In some instance, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl moieties may be coupled to the remainder of the molecule through an alkylene linkage. Under those circumstances, the substituent will be referred to as alkenylalkyl, alkynylalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl, indicating that an alkylene moiety is between the alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl moiety and the molecule to which the alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl is coupled.

The term “halogen” includes bromo, fluoro, chloro and iodo.

The term “heterocyclic ring” refers to a 4 to 8 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring comprising 3 to 7 carbon atoms and at least one N, O, or S atom. Examples are piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolidine, and tetrahydrofuranyl, as well as the exemplary groups provided for the term “heteroaryl” above.

When a ring system is optionally substituted, suitable substituents are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or an additional ring, each optionally further substituted. Optional substituents on any group, including the above, include halo, nitro, cyano,—OR, —SR, —NR₂, —OCOR, —NRCOR, —COOR, —CONR₂, —SOR, —SO₂R, —SONR₂, —SO₂N

R₂, wherein each R is independently alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or two R groups taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IV) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

An additional preferred embodiment for —L¹— is disclosed in WO2013/036857A1, which is herewith incorporated by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, a preferred moiety —L¹— is of formula (V):

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —D which is a CNP agonist     moiety and wherein attachment is through an amine functional group     of —D; -   —R¹ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted     C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; optionally substituted     aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; alkoxy; and —NR⁵ ₂; -   —R² is selected from the group consisting of —H; optionally     substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally     substituted heteroaryl; -   —R³ is selected from the group consisting of —H; optionally     substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally     substituted heteroaryl; -   —R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of —H; optionally     substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally     substituted heteroaryl; -   each —R⁵ is independently of each other selected from the group     consisting of —H; optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; optionally     substituted aryl; and optionally substituted heteroaryl; or when     taken together two —R⁵ can be cycloalkyl or cycloheteroalkyl; -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

Only in the context of formula (V) the terms used have the following meaning:

“Alkyl”, “alkenyl”, and “alkynyl” include linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbon groups of 1-8 carbons or 1-6 carbons or 1-4 carbons wherein alkyl is a saturated hydrocarbon, alkenyl includes one or more carbon-carbon double bonds and alkynyl includes one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Unless otherwise specified these contain 1-6 C.

“Aryl” includes aromatic hydrocarbon groups of 6-18 carbons, preferably 6-10 carbons, including groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, and anthracene “Heteroaryl” includes aromatic rings comprising 3-15 carbons containing at least one N, O or S atom, preferably 3-7 carbons containing at least one N, O or S atom, including groups such as pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiszolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, indolyl, indenyl, and similar.

The term “substituted” means an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group comprising one or more substituent groups in place of one or more hydrogen atoms. Substituents may generally be selected from halogen including F, Cl, Br, and I; lower alkyl including linear, branched, and cyclic; lower haloalkyl including fluoroalkyl, chloroalkyl, bromoalkyl, and iodoalkyl; OH; lower alkoxy including linear, branched, and cyclic; SH; lower alkylthio including linear, branched and cyclic; amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, silyl including alkylsilyl, alkoxysilyl, and arylsilyl; nitro; cyano; carbonyl; carboxylic acid, carboxylic ester, carboxylic amide, aminocarbonyl; aminoacyl; carbamate; urea; thiocarbamate; thiourea; ketne; sulfone; sulfonamide; aryl including phenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl; heteroaryl including 5-member heteroaryls including as pyrrole, imidazole, furan, thiophene, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, oxadiazole, and tetrazole, 6-member heteroaryls including pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, and fused heteroaryls including benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzimidazole, indole, benzothiazole, benzisoxazole, and benzisothiazole.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (V) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

A further preferred embodiment for —L¹— is disclosed in US7585837B2, which is herewith incorporated by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, a preferred moiety —L¹— is of formula (VI):

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —D which is a CNP agonist     moiety and wherein attachment is through an amine functional group     of—D; -   R¹ and R² are independently selected from the group consisting of     hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl,     halogen, nitro, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHR⁵, amino, ammonium, carboxyl, PO₃H₂,     and OPO₃H₂; -   R³, R⁴, and R⁵ are independently selected from the group consisting     of hydrogen, alkyl, and aryl; -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

Suitable substituents for formulas (VI) are alkyl (such as C₁₋₆ alkyl), alkenyl (such as C₂₋₆ alkenyl), alkynyl (such as C₂₋₆ alkynyl), aryl (such as phenyl), heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, heteroaryl (such as aromatic 4 to 7 membered heterocycle) or halogen moieties.

Only in the context of formula (VI) the terms used have the following meaning:

The terms “alkyl”, “alkoxy”, “alkoxyalkyl”, “aryl”, “alkaryl” and “aralkyl” mean alkyl radicals of 1-8, preferably 1-4 carbon atoms, e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl and butyl, and aryl radicals of 6-10 carbon atoms, e.g. phenyl and naphthyl. The term “halogen” includes bromo, fluoro, chloro and iodo.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (VI) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

A further preferred embodiment for —L¹— is disclosed in WO2002/089789A1, which is herewith incorporated by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, a preferred moiety —L¹— is of formula (VII):

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —D which is a CNP agonist     moiety and wherein attachment is through an amine functional group     of —D; -   L₁ is a bifunctional linking group, -   Y₁ and Y₂ are independently O, S or NR⁷; -   R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶ and R⁷ are independently selected from the group     consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyls, C₃₋₁₂ branched alkyls, C₃₋₈     cycloalkyls, C₁₋₆ substituted alkyls, -   C₃₋₈ substituted cycloalkyls, aryls, substituted aryls, aralkyls,     C₁₋₆ heteroalkyls, substituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyls, C₁₋₆ alkoxy,     phenoxy, and C₁₋₆ heteroalkoxy; -   Ar is a moiety which when included in formula (VII) forms a     multisubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon or a multi-substituted     heterocyclic group; -   X is a chemical bond or a moiety that is actively transported into a     target cell, a hydrophobic moiety, or a combination thereof, -   y is 0 or 1; -   wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and wherein —L¹— is     optionally further substituted; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

Only in the context of formula (VII) the terms used have the following meaning:

The term “alkyl” shall be understood to include, e.g. straight, branched, substituted C₁₋₁₂ alkyls, including alkoxy, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyls or substituted cycloalkyls, etc.

The term “substituted” shall be understood to include adding or replacing one or more atoms contained within a functional group or compounds with one or more different atoms.

Substituted alkyls include carboxyalkyls, aminoalkyls, dialkylaminos, hydroxyalkyls and mercaptoalkyls; substtued cycloalkyls include moieties such as 4-chlorocyclohexyl; aryls include moieties such as napthyl; substituted aryls include moieties such as 3-bromo-phenyl; aralkyls include moieties such as toluyl; heteroalkyls include moieties such as ethylthiophene; substituted heteroalkyls include moieties such as 3-methoxythiophone; alkoxy includes moieities such as methoxy; and phenoxy includes moieties such as 3-nitrophenoxy. Halo-shall be understood to include fluoro, chloro, iodo and bromo.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (VII) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

In another preferred embodiment —L¹— comprises a substructure of formula (VIII)

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to a     nitrogen of —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide     bond; -   the unmarked dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of     —L¹—; and wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and     wherein —L¹— is optionally further substituted; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (VIII) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

In one embodiment —L¹— of formula (VIII) is not further substituted.

In another preferred embodiment —L¹— comprises a substructure of formula (IX)

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to a     nitrogen of —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming a carbamate     bond; -   the unmarked dashed lines indicate attachment to the remainder of     —L¹—; and wherein —L¹— is substituted with —L²—Z or —L²—Z′ and     wherein —L¹— is optionally further substituted; wherein     -   —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer;     -   —Z is a water-soluble carrier; and     -   —Z′ is a water-insoluble carrier.

Preferably —L¹— of formula (IX) is substituted with one moiety —L²—Z or —L²—Z′.

In one embodiment —L¹— of formula (IX) is not further substituted.

Preferably -D of formula (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIb′), (IIc), (IIc-i), (IIc-ii), (IIc-iii), (IIc-iv), (IIc-iv), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII) and (IX) is a CNP moiety. The moiety —D may be connected to —L¹— through any functional group of D—H and is preferably connected to —L¹— through an amine functional group of D—H. This may be the N-terminal amine functional group or an amine functional group provided by a lysine side chain, i.e. by the lysines at position 9, 11, 15, 16, 20 and 26, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

It was surprisingly found that attachment of —L¹— to the ring of a CNP moiety significantly reduces the CNP prodrug’s affinity to NPR-B compared to attachment at the N-terminus or to the non-ring part of CNP, which reduced affinity to NPR-B in tum reduces the risk of cardiovascular side effects, such as hypotension.

Accordingly, —L¹— is preferably conjugated to the side chain of an amino acid residue of said ring moiety of —D or to the backbone of said ring moiety of —D. Even more preferably, —L¹— is covalently and reversibly conjugated to the side chain of an amino acid residue of said ring moiety of —D. If —D is a CNP moiety with the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, —L¹— is preferably conjugated to the amine functional group provided by the lysine at position 26 of the corresponding drug D-H.

The moiety —L²— is a chemical bond or a spacer moiety.

In one embodiment —L²— is a chemical bond.

In another embodiment —L²— is a spacer moiety.

When —L²— is other than a single chemical bond, —L²— is preferably selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(y1))S(O)₂N(R^(y1a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y1))—, —OC(OR^(y1))(R^(y1a))—, —N(R^(y1))C(O)N(R^(y1a))—, —OC(O)N(R^(y1))—, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein —T—, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(y2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(y3))S(O)₂N(R^(y3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y3))—, —OC(OR^(y3))(R^(y3a))—, —N(R^(y3))C(O)N(R^(y3a))—, and —OC(O)N(R^(y3))—;

-   —R^(y1) and —R^(y1a) are independently of each other selected from     the group consisting of —H, —T, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and     C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein —T, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀     alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(y2), which     are the same or different, and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl,     and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups     selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—,     —C(O)N(R^(y4))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y4))—, —S(O)N(R^(y4))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—,     —N(R^(y4))S(O)₂N(R^(y4a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y4))—,     —OC(OR^(y4))(R^(y4a))—, —N(R^(y4))C(O)N(R^(y4a))—, and     —OC(O)N(R^(y4))—; -   each T is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl;     wherein each T is independently optionally substituted with one or     more —R^(y2), which are the same or different; -   each —R^(y2) is independently selected from the group consisting of     halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR^(y5), —OR^(y5), —C(O)R^(y5),     —C(O)N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), —S(O)₂N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)),     —S(O)N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), —S(O)₂R^(y5), —S(O)R^(y5),     —N(R^(y5))S(O)₂N(R^(y5a)R^(y5b)), —SR^(y5), —N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), —NO₂,     —OC(O)R^(y5), —N(R^(y5))C(O)R^(y5a), —N(R^(y5))S(O)2R^(y5a),     —N(R^(y5))S(O)R^(y5a), —N(R^(y5))C(O)OR^(y5a),     —N(R^(y5))C(O)N(R^(y5a)R^(y5b)), —OC(O)N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), and C₁₋₆     alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; and -   each —R^(y3), —R^(y3a), —R^(y4), —R^(y4a), —R^(y5), —R^(y5a) and     —R^(y5b) is independently selected from the group consisting of —H,     and C₁₋₆ alkyl, wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with     one or more halogen, which are the same or different.

When —L²— is other than a single chemical bond, —L²— is even more preferably selected from —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(y1))S(O)₂N(R^(y1a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y1))—, —OC(OR^(y1))(R^(y1a))—, —N(R^(y1))C(O)N(R^(y1a))—, —OC(O)N(R^(y1))—, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein —T—, C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(y2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(y3))S(O)₂N(R^(y3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y3))—, —OC(OR^(y3))(R^(y3a))—, —N(R^(y3))C(O)N(R^(y3a))—, and —OC(O)N(R^(y3))—;

-   —R^(y1) and —R^(y1a) are independently of each other selected from     the group consisting of —H, —T, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and     C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl; wherein —T, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀     alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(y2), which     are the same or different, and wherein C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl,     and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups     selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—,     —C(O)N(R^(y4))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y4))—, —S(O)N(R^(y4))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—,     —N(R^(y4))S(O)₂N(R^(y4a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y4))—,     —OC(OR^(y4))(R^(y4a))—, —N(R^(y4))C(O)N(R^(y4a))—, and     —OC(O)N(R^(y4))—; -   each T is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl;     wherein each T is independently optionally substituted with one or     more —R^(y2), which are the same or different; -   —R^(y2) is selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, oxo     (═O), —COOR^(y5), —OR^(y5), —C(O)R^(y5), —C(O)N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)),     —S(O)₂N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), —S(O)N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), —S(O)₂R^(y5),     —S(O)R^(y5), —N(R^(y5))S(O)₂N(R^(y5a)R^(y5b)), —SR^(y5),     —N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R^(y5), —N(R^(y5))C(O)R^(y5a,)     —N(R^(y5))S(O)₂R^(y5a), —N(R^(y5))S(O)R^(y5a),     —N(R^(y5))C(O)OR^(y5a), —N(R^(y5))C(O)N(R^(y5a)R^(y5b)),     —OC(O)N(R^(y5)R^(y5a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is     optionally substituted with one or more halogen, which are the same     or different; and -   each —R^(y3), —R^(y3a), —R^(y4), —R^(y4a), —R^(y5), —R^(y5a) and     —R^(y5b) is independently of each other selected from the group     consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally     substituted with one or more halogen, which are the same or     different.

When —L²— is other than a single chemical bond, —L²— is even more preferably selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)N(R^(y1))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(y1))S(O)₂N(R^(y1a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y1))—, —OC(OR^(y1))(R^(y1a))—, —N(R^(y1))C(O)N(R^(y1a))—, —OC(O)N(R^(y1))—, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein —T—, C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R^(y2), which are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)₂N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)N(R^(y3))—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R^(y3))S(O)₂N(R^(y3a))—, —S—, —N(R^(y3))—, —OC(OR^(y3))(R^(y3a))—, —N(R^(y3))C(O)N(R^(y3a))—, and —OC(O)N(R^(y3))—;

-   —R^(y1) and —R^(y1a) are independently selected from the group     consisting of —H, —T, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl; -   each T is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl; -   each —R^(y2) is independently selected from the group consisting of     halogen, and C₁₋₆ alkyl; and -   each —R^(y3), —R^(y3a), —R^(y4), —R^(y4a), —R^(y5), —R^(y5a) and     —R^(y5b) is independently of each other selected from the group     consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally     substituted with one or more halogen, which are the same or     different.

Even more preferably, —L²— is a C₁₋₂₀ alkyl chain, which is optionally interrupted by one or more groups independently selected from —O—, —T— and —C(O)N(R^(y1))—; and which C₁₋₂₀ alkyl chain is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from —OH, —T and —C(O)N(R^(y6)R^(y6a)); wherein —R^(y1), —R^(y6), —R^(y6a) are independently selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₄ alkyl and wherein T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl.

Preferably, —L²— has a molecular weight in the range of from 14 g/mol to 750 g/mol. Preferably, —L²— comprises a moiety selected from

wherein

-   dashed lines indicate attachment to the rest of —L²—, —L¹—, —Z     and/or —Z′, respectively; and -   —R and —R^(a) are independently of each other selected from the     group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and     hexyl.

In one preferred embodiment —L²— has a chain lengths of 1 to 20 atoms.

As used herein the term “chain length” with regard to the moiety —L²— refers to the number of atoms of —L²— present in the shortest connection between —L¹— and —Z.

Preferably, —L²— is of formula (i)

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L¹—; -   the unmarked dashed line indicates attachment to —Z or —Z′; -   —R¹ is selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆     alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; -   n is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,     8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18; and -   wherein the moiety of formula (i) is optionally further substituted.

Preferably —R¹ of formula (i) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl. Even more preferably —R¹ of formula (i) is selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl and propyl. Even more preferably —R¹ of formula (i) is selected from the group consisting of —H and methyl. Most preferably —R¹ of formula (i) is methyl.

Preferably n of formula (i) is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10. Even more preferably n of formula (i) is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Even more preferably n of formula (i) is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2 and 3. Even more preferably n of formula (i) is selected from the group consisting of 0 and 1. Most preferably n of formula (i) is 0.

In one preferred embodiment —L²— is a moiety selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L¹—; -   the unmarked dashed line indicates attachment to —Z or —Z′; and -   wherein the moieties (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii),     (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi) and (xvii) are     optionally further substituted.

In a preferred embodiment —L²— is selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L¹—; and -   the unmarked dashed line indicates attachment to —Z or —Z′.

Even more preferred —L²— is selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L¹—; and -   the unmarked dashed line indicates attachment to —Z or —Z′.

Even more preferably —L²— is

wherein

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to     —L¹—; and -   the unmarked dashed line indicates attachment to —Z or —Z′.

In one preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In an even more preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In a most preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is of formula (IId-ii ’)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In another preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In an even more preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In a most preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is of formula (IId-iia′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In another preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In an even more preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

In a most preferred embodiment the moiety —L¹—L²— is of formula (IId-iib′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and -   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     or —Z′.

Preferably, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) has a molecular weight ranging from 5 to 200 kDa. Even more preferably, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) has a molecular weight ranging from 8 to 100 kDa, even more preferably ranging from 10 to 80 kDa, even more preferably from 12 to 60, even more preferably from 15 to 40 and most preferably —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) has a molecular weight of about 20 kDa. In another equally preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) has a molecular weight of about 40 kDa.

The carrier —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a C₈₋₂₄ alkyl or a polymer. Preferably, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a polymer, preferably a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

In another preferred embodiment, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a fatty acid derivate. Preferred fatty acid derivatives are those disclosed in WO 2005/027978 A2 and WO 2014/060512 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference.

In one embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a protein. Preferred proteins are selected from the group consisting of carboxyl-terminal peptide of the chorionic gonadotropin as described in US 2012/0035101 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference; albumin; XTEN sequences as described in WO 2011123813 A2 which are herewith incorporated by reference; proline/alanine random coil sequences as described in WO 2011/144756 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference; proline/alanine/serine random coil sequences as described in WO 2008/155134 A1 and WO 2013/024049 A1 which are herewith incorporated by reference; and Fc fusion proteins.

In one embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a polysarcosine.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a poly(N-methylglycine).

In a particularly preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a random coil protein moiety.

In one preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises one random coil protein moiety.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises two random coil proteins moieties.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises three random coil proteins moieties.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises four random coil proteins moieties.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises five random coil proteins moieties.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises six random coil proteins moieties.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises seven random coil proteins moieties.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises eight random coil proteins moieties.

Preferably such random coil protein moiety comprises at least 25 amino acid residues and at most 2000 amino acids. Even more preferably such random coil protein moiety comprises at least 30 amino acid residues and at most 1500 amino acid residues. Even more preferably such random coil protein moiety comprises at least 50 amino acid residues and at most 500 amino acid residues.

In a preferred embodiment, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a random coil protein moiety of which at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, even more preferably at least 90%, even more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98% and most preferably at least 99% of the total number of amino acids forming said random coil protein moiety are selected from alanine and proline. Even more preferably, at least 10%, but less than 75%, preferably less than 65%, of the total number of amino acid residues of such random coil protein moiety are proline residues. Preferably, such random coil protein moiety is as described in WO 2011/144756 A1 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Even more preferably —Z comprises at least one moiety selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:11, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:51 and SEQ ID NO:61 as disclosed inWO2011/144756 which are hereby incorporated by reference. A moiety comprising such random coil protein comprising alanine and proline will be referred to as “PA” or “PA moiety”.

Accordingly, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a PA moiety.

In an equally preferred embodiment, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a random coil protein moiety of which at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, even more preferably at least 90%, even more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98% and most preferably at least 99% of the total number of amino acids forming said random coil protein moiety are selected from alanine, serine and proline. Even more preferably, at least 4%, but less than 40% of the total number of amino acid residues of such random coil protein moiety are proline residues. Preferably, such random coil protein moiety is as described in WO 2008/155134 A1 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Even more preferably —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises at least one moiety selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54 and SEQ ID NO:56 as disclosed in WO 2008/155134 A1, which are hereby incorporated by reference. A moiety comprising such random coil protein moiety comprising alanine, serine and proline will be referred to as “PAS” or “PAS moiety”.

Accordingly, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a PAS moiety.

In an equally preferred embodiment, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a random coil protein moiety of which at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, even more preferably at least 90%, even more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98% and most preferably at least 99% of the total number of amino acids forming said random coil protein moiety are selected from alanine, glycine and proline. A moiety comprising such random coil protein moiety comprising alanine, glycine and proline will be referred to as “PAG” or “PAG moiety”.

Accordingly, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a PAG moiety.

In an equally preferred embodiment, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a random coil protein moiety of which at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, even more preferably at least 90%, even more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98% and most preferably at least 99% of the total number of amino acids forming said random coil protein moiety are selected from proline and glycine. A moiety comprising such random coil protein moiety comprising proline and glycine will be referred to as “PG” or “PG moiety”.

Preferably, such PG moiety comprises a moiety of formula (a-0)

wherein

-   p is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5; -   q is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5; -   r is an integer ranging from and including 10 to 1000; -   provided that at least one of p and q is at least 1;

Preferably, p of formula (a-0) is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2 and 3.

Preferably, q of formula (a-0) is selected from 0, 1 and 2.

Even more preferably the PG moiety comprises the sequence of SEQ ID:NO 97:

GGPGGPGPGGPGGPGPGGPG

Even more preferably, the PG moiety comprises the sequence of SEQ ID:NO 97 of formula (a-0-a)

(GGPGGPGPGGPGGPGPGGPG)_(v) (a-0-a),

wherein v is an integer ranging from and including 1 to 50.

Accordingly, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a PG moiety.

In an equally preferred embodiment, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a random coil protein moiety of which at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, even more preferably at least 90%, even more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98% and most preferably at least 99% of the total number of amino acids forming said random coil protein moiety are selected from alanine, glycine, serine, threonine, glutamate and proline. Preferably, such random coil protein moiety is as described in WO 2010/091122 A1 which is hereby incorporated by reference. Even more preferably —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises at least one moiety selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO:183, SEQ ID NO:184; SEQ ID NO:185, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:187, SEQ ID NO:188, SEQ ID NO:189, SEQ ID NO:190, SEQ ID NO:191, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:193, SEQ ID NO:194, SEQ ID NO:195, SEQ ID NO:196, SEQ ID NO:197, SEQ ID NO:198, SEQ ID NO:199, SEQ ID NO:200, SEQ ID NO:201, SEQ ID NO:202, SEQ ID NO:203, SEQ ID NO:204, SEQ ID NO:205, SEQ ID NO:206, SEQ ID NO:207, SEQ ID NO:208, SEQ ID NO:209, SEQ ID NO:210, SEQ ID NO:211, SEQ ID NO:212, SEQ ID NO:213, SEQ ID NO:214, SEQ ID NO:215, SEQ ID NO:216, SEQ ID NO:217, SEQ ID NO:218, SEQ ID NO:219, SEQ ID NO:220, SEQ ID NO:221, SEQ ID NO:759, SEQ ID NO:760, SEQ ID NO:761, SEQ ID NO:762, SEQ ID NO:763, SEQ ID NO:764, SEQ ID NO:765, SEQ ID NO:766, SEQ ID NO:767, SEQ ID NO:768, SEQ ID NO:769, SEQ ID NO:770, SEQ ID NO:771, SEQ ID NO:772, SEQ ID NO:773, SEQ ID NO:774, SEQ ID NO:775, SEQ ID NO:776, SEQ ID NO:777, SEQ ID NO:778, SEQ ID NO:779, SEQ ID NO:1715, SEQ ID NO:1716, SEQ ID NO:1718, SEQ ID NO:1719, SEQ ID NO:1720, SEQ ID NO:1721 and SEQ ID NO:1722 as disclosed in WO2010/091122A1, which are hereby incorporated by reference. A moiety comprising such random coil protein moiety comprising alanine, glycine, serine, threonine, glutamate and proline will be referred to as “XTEN” or “XTEN moiety” in line with its designation in WO 2010/091122 A1.

Accordingly, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises an XTEN moiety.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a hyaluronic acid-based polymer.

In one embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a carrier as disclosed in WO 2012/02047 A1 which is herewith incorporated by reference.

In another embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a carrier as disclosed in WO 2013/024048 A1 which is herewith incorporated by reference.

In another preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a PEG-based polymer. Even more preferably —Z is a branched or multi-arm PEG-based polymer.

In a preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a branched polymer. In one embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a branched polymer having one, two, three, four, five or six branching points. Preferably, —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a branched polymer having one, two or three branching points. In one embodiment—Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a branched polymer having one branching point. In another embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a branched polymer having two branching points. In another embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is a branched polymer having three branching points.

A branching point is preferably selected from the group consisting of —N<, —CH< and >C<. Preferably such branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is PEG-based.

In one embodiment such branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) has a molecular weight ranging from and including 5 kDa to 500 kDa, more preferably ranging from and including 10 kDa to 250 Da, even more preferably ranging from and including 10 kDa to 150 kDa, even more preferably ranging from and including 12 kDa to 100 kDa and most preferably ranging from and including 15 kDa to 80 kDa.

Preferably, such branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) has a molecular weight ranging from and including 10 kDa to 80 kDa. In one embodiment the molecular weight is about 10 kDa. In another embodiment the molecular weight of such branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is about 20 kDa. In another embodiment the molecular weight of such branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is about 30 kDa. In another embodiment the molecular weight of such a branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is about 40 kDa. In another embodiment the molecular weight of such a branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is about 50 kDa. In another embodiment the molecular weight of such a branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is about 60 kDa. In another embodiment the molecular weight of such a branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is about 70 kDa. In another embodiment the molecular weight of such a branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is about 80 kDa. Most preferably, such branched moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) has a molecular weight of about 40 kDa.

Applicants found that an N-terminal attachment of a moiety —L¹—L²—Z is significantly more efficient with regard to NEP-stability than attachment at an internal site and that the least efficient attachment site with regard to NEP-stability is at the ring part of a CNP moiety. However, applicants surprisingly found that this disadvantage of attachment to the ring with regard to NEP-stability can be compensated by using a branched moiety —Z having a molecular weight of at least 10 kDa, such as at least 12 kDa, such as at least 15 kDa, such as at least 18 kDa, such as at least 20 kDa, such as at least 24 kDa, such as at least 25 kDa, such as at least 27 kDa, such as at least 30 kDa. Preferably, such branched moiety —Z has a molecular weight of no more than 500 kDa, preferably of no more than 250 kDa, preferably of no more than 200 Da, preferably of no more than 150 kDa and most preferably no more than 100 kDa. Most preferably such branched moiety —Z has a molecular weight of about 40 kDa. Consequently, the use of such branched moiety —Z at the ring part of the CNP moiety does not only lead to increased NEP-stability, but combines increased NEP-stability with reduced NPR-B binding associated with attachment to the ring.

It was surprisingly found that even though the ring moiety is involved in NPR-C binding, attachment of a 5 kDa carrier to the ring moiety did not have a significant effect on NPR-C affinity. Furthermore, it was surprisingly found that a 4x 10 kDa carrier attached to the ring moiety is more efficient in reducing NPR-C affinity than a 2x 20 kDa carrier, even though the total molecular weight was the same. It is thus not only the total molecular weight of the carrier attached to the ring moiety, but the particular branching pattern of the carrier that influences NPR-C binding affinity.

This finding is also supported by the NPR-C affinity measured with a 4-arm 40 kDa carrier having a different branching pattern which still exhibited a high NPR-C affinity.

In summary, it was surprisingly found that NPR-C affinity can be efficiently reduced with a multi-branched carrier attached to the ring moiety having a first branching point close to the CNP moiety, such as less than 300 atoms from the CNP moiety, preferably 200 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably 100 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably less than 50 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably less than 25 atoms from the CNP moiety and most preferably less than 10 atoms from the CNP moiety.

Even more preferably, one or more further branching point(s) is/are located within less than 500 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably 300 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably less than 200 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably less than 100 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably less than 75 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably less than 50 atoms from the CNP moiety, even more preferably less than 40 atoms from the CNP moiety and most preferably less than 35 atoms from the CNP moiety.

It was in addition also found that such branching pattern is beneficial for in vivo stability of the CNP moiety, i.e. protection against proteolytic degradation. It was surprisingly found that N-terminal degradation was stronger when using a 2x 20 kDa carrier compared to 4x 10 kDa carrier. Likewise, using a 4-arm 40 kDa carrier having a different branching pattern exhibited even stronger N-terminal degradation.

Preferably, —Z or —Z′ comprises a moiety

In an equally preferred embodiment —Z or —Z′ comprises an amide bond.

In one embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a moiety of formula (a)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²— or to the remainder of     —Z; -   BP^(a) is a branching point selected from the group consisting of     —N<, —CR< and >C<; -   —R is selected from the group consisting of —H and C₁₋₆ alkyl; -   a is 0 if BP^(a) is —N< or —CR< and n is 1 if BP^(a) is >C<; -   —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)— and —S^(a‴)— are independently of each     other a chemical bond or are selected from the group consisting of     C₁-₅₀ alkyl, C₂-₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂-₅₀ alkynyl; -   wherein C₁-₅₀ alkyl, C₂-₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂-₅₀ alkynyl are optionally     substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same or different     and wherein C₁-₅₀ alkyl, C₂-₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are     optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group     consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂N(R²)—,     —S(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R²)S(O)₂N(R^(2a))—, —S—, —N(R²)—,     —OC(OR²)(R^(2a))—, —N(R²)C(O)N(R^(2a))—, and —OC(O)N(R²)—; -   each —T— is independently selected from the group consisting of     phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, 3-     to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8- to 11-membered heterobicyclyl, 8-to     30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to 30-membered heteropolycyclyl;     wherein each —T— is independently optionally substituted with one or     more —R¹, which are the same or different; -   each —R¹ is independently selected from the group consisting of     halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³, —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)),     —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂R³, —S(O)R³,     —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —SR³, —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R³,     —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a),     —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)), and     C₁₋₆ alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or     more halogen, which are the same or different; -   each —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) is independently     selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl, wherein     C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen, which     are the same or different; and -   —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) are independently a polymeric moiety.

Optionally, the moiety of formula (a) is substituted with one or more substituents.

In one embodiment BP^(a) of formula (a) is —N<.

In another embodiment BP^(a) of formula (a) is —CR<. Preferably, —R is —H. Accordingly, a of formula (a) is preferably 0.

In another embodiment BP^(a) of formula (a) is >C<.

In one embodiment —S^(a)— of formula (a) is a chemical bond.

In another embodiment —S^(a)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, which C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(0)N(R⁴)—, —S(O)₂N(R⁴)—, —S(O)N(R⁴)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R⁴)S(O)₂N(R^(4a))—, —S—, —N(R⁴)—, —OC(OR⁴)(R^(4a))—, —N(R⁴)C(O)N(R^(4a))—, and —OC(O)N(R⁴)—; wherein —R⁴ and —R^(4a) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Preferably —S^(a)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, which are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)— and —C(O)N(R⁴)—.

In one embodiment —S^(a′)— of formula (a) is a chemical bond.

In another embodiment —S^(a′)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, which C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R⁴)—, —S(O)₂N(R⁴)—, —S(O)N(R⁴)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R⁴)S(O)₂N(R^(4a))—, —S—, —N(R⁴)—, —OC(OR⁴)(R^(4a))—, —N(R⁴)C(O)N(R^(4a))—, and —OC(O)N(R⁴)—; wherein —R⁴ and —R^(4a) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Preferably —S^(a′)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, which are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)— and —C(O)N(R⁴)—.

In one embodiment —S^(a″)— of formula (a) is a chemical bond.

In another embodiment —S^(a‴)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, which C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R⁴)—, —S(O)₂N(R⁴)—, —S(O)N(R⁴)—,—S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R⁴)S(O)₂N(R^(4a))—, —S—, —N(R⁴)—, —OC(OR⁴)(R^(4a))—, —N(R⁴)C(O)N(R^(4a))—, and —OC(O)N(R⁴)—; wherein —R⁴ and —R^(4a) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Preferably —S^(a″)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, which are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)— and —C(O)N(R⁴)—.

In one embodiment —S^(a‴)— of formula (a) is a chemical bond.

In another embodiment —S^(a‴)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, which C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R⁴)—, —S(O)₂N(R⁴—, —S(O)N(R⁴)—,—S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R⁴)S(O)₂N(R^(4a))—, —S—, —N(R⁴)—, —OC(OR⁴)(R^(4a))—, —N(R⁴)C(O)N(R^(4a))—, and —OC(O)N(R⁴)—; wherein —R⁴ and —R^(4a) are independently selected from the group consisting of —H, methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. Preferably —S^(a‴)— of formula (a) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, which are optionally interrupted by one or more chemical groups selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)— and —C(O)N(R⁴)—.

Preferably, —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) independently comprise a polymer selected from the group consisting of 2-methacryloyl-oxyethyl phosphoyl cholins, poly(acrylic acids), poly(acrylates), poly(acrylamides), poly(alkyloxy) polymers, poly(amides), poly(amidoamines), poly(amino acids), poly(anhydrides), poly(aspartamides), poly(butyric acids), poly(glycolic acids), polybutylene terephthalates, poly(caprolactones), poly(carbonates), poly(cyanoacrylates), poly(dimethylacrylamides), poly(esters), poly(ethylenes), poly(ethyleneglycols), poly(ethylene oxides), poly(ethyl phosphates), poly(ethyloxazolines), poly(glycolic acids), poly(hydroxyethyl acrylates), poly(hydroxyethyl-oxazolines), poly(hydroxymethacrylates), poly(hydroxypropylmethacrylamides), poly(hydroxypropyl methacrylates), poly(hydroxypropyloxazolines), poly(iminocarbonates), poly(lactic acids), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acids), poly(methacrylamides), poly(methacrylates), poly(methyloxazolines), poly(organophosphazenes), poly(ortho esters), poly(oxazolines), poly(propylene glycols), poly(siloxanes), poly(urethanes), poly(vinyl alcohols), poly(vinyl amines), poly(vinylmethylethers), poly(vinylpyrrolidones), silicones, celluloses, carbomethyl celluloses, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses, chitins, chitosans, dextrans, dextrins, gelatins, hyaluronic acids and derivatives, functionalized hyaluronic acids, mannans, pectins, rhamnogalacturonans, starches, hydroxyalkyl starches, hydroxyethyl starches and other carbohydrate-based polymers, xylans, and copolymers thereof.

Preferably, —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) independently have a molecular weight ranging from and including 5 kDa to 50 kDa, more preferably have a molecular weight ranging from and including 5 kDa to 40 kDa, even more preferably ranging from and including 7.5 kDa to 35 kDa, even more preferably ranging from and 7.5 to 30 kDa, even more preferably ranging from and including 10 to 30 kDa.

In one embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) have a molecular weight of about 5 kDa.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) have a molecular weight of about 7.5 kDa.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) have a molecular weight of about 10 kDa.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) have a molecular weight of about 12.5 kDa.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) have a molecular weight of about 15 kDa.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) have a molecular weight of about 20 kDa.

More preferably, —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) independently comprise a PEG-based moiety. Even more preferably, —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) independently comprise a PEG-based moiety comprising at least 20% PEG, even more preferably at least 30%, even more preferably at least 40% PEG, even more preferably at least 50% PEG, even more preferably at least 60% PEG, even more preferably at least 70% PEG, even more preferably at least 80% PEG and most preferably at least 90% PEG.

In an equally preferred embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) independently comprise a protein moiety, more preferably a random coil protein moiety and most preferably a random coil protein moiety selected from the group consisting of PA, PAS, PAG, PG and XTEN moieties.

In one embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) are a PA moiety.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) are a PAS moiety.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) are a PAG moiety.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) are a PG moiety.

In another embodiment —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (a) are an XTEN moiety.

In one embodiment —Z comprises one moiety of formula (a).

In another embodiment —Z comprises two moieties of formula (a).

In another embodiment —Z comprises three moieties of formula (a).

In another embodiment —Z comprises four moieties of formula (a).

In another embodiment —Z comprises five moieties of formula (a).

In another embodiment —Z comprises six moieties of formula (a).

In a preferred embodiment —Z comprises two moieties of formula (a).

In a preferred embodiment —Z comprises a moiety of formula (b)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²— or to the remainder of     —Z; -   b1 is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7     and 8; -   b2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and     8; -   b3 is an integer ranging from and including 150 to 1000; preferably     ranging from and including 150 to 500; and most preferably ranging     from and including 200 to 460; and -   b4 is an integer ranging from and including 150 to 1000; preferably     ranging from and including 150 to 500; and most preferably ranging     from and including 200 to 460.

Optionally, the moiety of formula (b) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferably, b3 and b4 of formula (b) are the same integer.

In one preferred embodiment b3 and b4 both an integer ranging from 200 to 250 and most preferably b3 and b4 of formula (b) are about 225.

In another preferred embodiment b3 and b4 are both an integer ranging from 400 to 500 and most preferably b3 and b4 of formula (b) are about 450.

Preferably, b1 of formula (b) is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4. More preferably b1 of formula (b) is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2 and 3. Most preferably b1 of formula (b) is 2.

Preferably, b2 of formula (b) is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. More preferably b2 of formula (b) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3 and 4. Most preferably b2 of formula (b) is 3.

In one particularly preferred embodiment b1 of formula (b) is 2, b2 of formula (b) is 3, and b3 and b4 are both about 450.

In another particularly preferred embodiment b1 of formula (b) is 2, b2 of formula (b) is 3, and b3 and b4 are both about 225.

In one embodiment —Z comprises one moiety of formula (b).

In another embodiment —Z comprises two moieties of formula (b).

In another embodiment —Z comprises three moieties of formula (b).

In another embodiment —Z comprises four moieties of formula (b).

In another embodiment —Z comprises five moieties of formula (b).

In another embodiment —Z comprises six moieties of formula (b).

In a preferred embodiment —Z comprises two moieties of formula (b).

In an even more preferred embodiment —Z comprises a moiety of formula (c)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²— or to the remainder of     —Z; -   c1 and c2 are independently an integer ranging from and including     150 to 500; -   preferably ranging from and including 200 to 460.

Optionally, the moiety of formula (c) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferably both c1 and c2 of formula (c) are the same integer.

In one preferred embodiment c1 and c2 of formula (c) range from and include 200 to 250 and most preferably are about 225. In another preferred embodiment c1 and c2 of formula (c) range from and include 400 to 500 and most preferably are about 450.

In a preferred embodiment the moiety —Z is a branched PEG-based polymer comprising at least 10% PEG, has one branching point and two PEG-based polymer arms and has a molecular weight of about 40 kDa. Accordingly, each of the two PEG-based polymer arms has a molecular weight of about 20 kDa. Preferably the branching point is —CH<.

In one embodiment —Z comprises one moiety of formula (c).

In another embodiment —Z comprises two moieties of formula (c).

In another embodiment —Z comprises three moieties of formula (c).

In another embodiment —Z comprises four moieties of formula (c).

In another embodiment —Z comprises five moieties of formula (c).

In another embodiment —Z comprises six moieties of formula (c).

In a preferred embodiment —Z comprises two moieties of formula (c).

In one preferred embodiment the moiety —Z is of formula (d)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²⁻;

-   —Z^(b)— is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀     alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and     C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which     are the same or different and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl,     and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally interrupted by one or more groups     selected from the group consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—,     —C(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂N(R²)—, —S(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—,     —N(R²)S(O)₂N(R^(2a))—, —S—, —N(R²)—, —OC(OR)(R^(2a))—,     —N(R²)C(O)N(R^(2a))—, and —OC(O)N(R²)—;     -   each —T— is independently selected from the group consisting of         phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8-to 11-membered         heterobicyclyl, 8-to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to         30-membered heteropolycyclyl; wherein each —T— is independently         optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same         or different; each —R¹ is independently selected from the group         consisting of halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³,         —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂R³,         —S(O)R³, —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —SR³, —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂,         —OC(O)R³, —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a),         —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)),         and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     -   wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more         halogen, which are the same or different;     -   each —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) is independently         selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl,         wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more         halogen, which are the same or different; and

-   —Z^(a) is

-   

-   wherein     -   BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—,—S^(a″)—, —S^(a‴)—, —P^(a′), —P^(a″),         —P^(a‴) and a are used as defined for formula (a).

Optionally, the moiety of formula (d) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferred embodiments of BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)—, —S^(a‴)—, —P^(a′), —P^(a″), —P^(a‴), —P^(a″), —P^(a‴) of formula (d) are as defined above for formula (a).

In an even more preferred embodiment the moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is of formula (e)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—;

-   e is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15; and

-   —Z^(a) is

-   

-   wherein     -   b1, b2, b3 and b4 are used as defined for formula (b).

Optionally, the moiety of formula (e) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferred embodiments for b1, b2, b3 and b4 of formula (e) are as defined above for formula (b).

In one embodiment e of formula (e) is 1. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 2. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 3. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 4. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 5. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 6. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 7. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 8. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 9. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 10. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 11. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 12. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 13. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 14. In another embodiment e of formula (e) is 15.

Preferably e of formula (e) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. Even more preferably, e of formula (e) is selected from 3, 4, 5 and 6. Most preferably e of formula (e) is 5.

Preferably e of formula (e) is 5, b1 of formula (e) is 2, b2 of formula (e) is 3 and b3 and b4 of formula (e) are both about 450.

In an equally preferred embodiment the moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is of formula (e-i) or (e-i′):

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—,

-   e is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15;

-   —Z^(a) is

-   

-   wherein     -   b1, b2, b3 and b4 are used as defined for formula (b).

Preferred embodiments for b1, b2, b3 and b4 of formula (e-i) and (e-i′) are as defined above for formula (b).

Preferred embodiments for e of formula (e-i) and (e-i′) are as described for formula (e).

Preferably, b1 of formula (e-i) and (e-i′) is 2, b2 of formula (e-i) and (e-i′) is 3 and b3 and b4 of formula (e-i) and (e-i′) are both about 450.

In a preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is of formula (e-i).

In another preferred embodiment the moiety —Z is a branched PEG-based polymer comprising at least 10% PEG, has three branching points and four PEG-based polymer arms and has a molecular weight of about 40 kDa. Accordingly, each of the four PEG-based polymer arms has a molecular weight of about 10 kDa. Preferably each of the three branching points is —CH<.

In a preferred embodiment the moiety —Z is of formula (f)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—;

-   BP^(f) is a branching point selected from the group consisting of     —N<, —CR< and >C<;

-   —R is selected from the group consisting of —H and C₁₋₆ alkyl;

-   f is 0 if BP^(f) is —N< or —CR< and f is 1 if BP^(f) is >C<;

-   —S^(f)—, —S^(f′)—, —S^(f″)— and —S^(f‴)— are independently either a     chemical bond or are independently selected from the group     consisting of C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl; wherein     C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally     substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same or different     and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are     optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group     consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂N(R²)—,     —S(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R²)S(O)₂N(R^(2a))—, —S—, —N(R²)—,     —OC(OR²)(R^(2a))—, —N(R²)C(O)N(R^(2a))—, and —OC(O)N(R²)—;     -   each —T— is independently selected from the group consisting of         phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8-to 11-membered         heterobicyclyl, 8-to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to         30-membered heteropolycyclyl; wherein each —T— is independently         optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same         or different;     -   each R¹ is independently selected from the group consisting of         halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³, —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)),         —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂R³, —S(O)R³,         —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —SR³, —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R³,         —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a),         —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)),         and C₁₋₆ alkyl; wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted         with one or more halogen, which are the same or different;     -   each —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) is independently         selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl,         wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more         halogen, which are the same or different; and

-   —Z^(a′), —Z^(a″) and —Z^(a‴) are independently

-   

-   wherein     -   BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)—, —S^(a‴), —P^(a′), —P^(a″),         —P^(a‴) and a are used as defined for formula (a).

Optionally, the moiety of formula (f) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferred embodiments of BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)—, —S^(a‴)—, —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (f) are as defined above for formula (a).

Preferably BP² of formula (f) is —CR< and r is 0. Preferably —R is —H.

Preferably —S^(f)— of formula (f) is a chemical bond.

Preferably, —Z^(a′), —Z^(a″) and —Z^(a‴) of formula (f) have the same structure. Preferably, —Z^(a′), —Z^(a″) and —Z^(a‴) of formula (f) are of formula (b).

Preferably —S^(f)— of formula (f) is a chemical bond, BP^(a) of formula (f) is —CR< with —R being —H. Even more preferably —S^(f)— of formula (f) is a chemical bond, BP^(a) of formula (f) is —CR< with —R being —H and —Z^(a′), —Z^(a″) and —Z^(a‴) of formula (f) are of formula (b).

Even more preferably —Z is of formula (g)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—;

-   —S^(g)—, —S^(g′)— and —S^(g″)— are independently selected from the     group consisting of C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl;     wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally     substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same or different     and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are     optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group     consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—,

-   —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂N(R²)—, —S(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂—,     —S(O)—, —N(R²)S(O)₂N(R^(2a))—, —S—, —N(R²)—, —OC(OR²)(R^(2a))—,     —N(R²)C(O)N(R^(2a))—, and —OC(O)N(R²)—;     -   each —T— is independently selected from the group consisting of         phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃-₁₀         cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8-to 11-membered         heterobicyclyl, 8-to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to         30-membered heteropolycyclyl; wherein each —T— is independently         optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same         or different; each R¹ is independently selected from the group         consisting of halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³,         —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂R³,         —S(O)R³, —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —SR³, —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂,         —OC(O)R³, —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a),         —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)),         and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     -   wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more         halogen, which are the same or different;     -   each —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) is independently         selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl,         wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more         halogen, which are the same or different; and

-   —Z^(a) and —Z^(a′) re independently

-   

-   wherein     -   BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)—, —S^(a‴)—, —P^(a′), —P^(a″),         —P^(a‴) and a are used as defined for formula (a).

Optionally, the moiety of formula (g) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferred embodiments of BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)—, —S^(a‴)—, —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (g) are as defined above for formula (a).

Preferably, —S^(g)— of formula (g) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, which are optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which is the same or different, wherein

-   —R¹ is selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo (═O),     —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³, —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)),     —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂R³, —S(O)R³, —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)),     —SR³, —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R³, —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a),     —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a),     —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; and -   —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) are independently selected from —H, methyl,     ethyl, propyl and butyl.

Even more preferably —S^(g)— of formula (g) is selected from C₁₋₆ alkyl.

Preferably, —S^(g)— of formula (g) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, which are optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which is the same or different, wherein

-   —R¹ is selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo (═O),     —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³, —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)),     —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂R³, —S(O)R³, —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)),     —SR³, —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R³, —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a),     —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a),     —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; and -   —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) are independently selected from —H, methyl,     ethyl, propyl and butyl.

Even more preferably —S^(g)— of formula (g) is selected from C₁₋₆ alkyl.

Preferably, —S^(g′)— of formula (g) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, which are optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which is the same or different, wherein

-   —R¹ is selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo (═O),     —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³, —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)),     —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)₂R³, —S(O)R³, —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)),     —SR³, —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R³, —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a),     —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a),     —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl;     wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more     halogen, which are the same or different; and -   —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) are independently selected from —H, methyl,     ethyl, propyl and butyl.

Even more preferably —S^(g″)— of formula (g) is selected from C₁₋₆ alkyl.

Preferably, —Z^(a) and —Z^(a′) of formula (g) have the same structure. Preferably, —Z^(a) and —Z^(a)′ of formula (g) are of formula (b).

In an alternative even more preferred embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is of formula (g-i)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—;

-   —S^(g)—, —S^(g′)— and —S^(g″)— are independently selected from the     group consisting of C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl;     wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are optionally     substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same or different     and wherein C₁₋₅₀ alkyl, C₂₋₅₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₅₀ alkynyl are     optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from the group     consisting of —T—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂N(R²)—,     —S(O)N(R²)—, —S(O)₂—, —S(O)—, —N(R²)S(O)₂N(R^(2a))—, —S—, —N(R²)—,     —OC(OR²)(R^(2a))—, —N(R²)C(O)N(R^(2a))—, and —OC(O)N(R²)—;     -   each —T— is independently selected from the group consisting of         phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 8-to 11-membered         heterobicyclyl, 8-to 30-membered carbopolycyclyl, and 8- to         30-membered heteropolycyclyl; wherein each —T— is independently         optionally substituted with one or more —R¹, which are the same         or different;     -   each R¹ is independently selected from the group consisting of         halogen, —CN, oxo (═O), —COOR³, —OR³, —C(O)R³, —C(O)N(R³R^(3a)),         —S(O)₂N(R³R^(3a)), —S(O)N(R³R^(3a)),     -   —S(O)₂R³, —S(O)R³, —N(R³)S(O)₂N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —SR³,         —N(R³R^(3a)), —NO₂, —OC(O)R³, —N(R³)C(O)R^(3a),         —N(R³)S(O)₂R^(3a), —N(R³)S(O)R^(3a), —N(R³)C(O)OR^(3a),         —N(R³)C(O)N(R^(3a)R^(3b)), —OC(O)N(R³R^(3a)), and C₁₋₆ alkyl;         wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more         halogen, which are the same or different;     -   each —R², —R^(2a), —R³, —R^(3a) and —R^(3b) is independently         selected from the group consisting of —H, and C₁₋₆ alkyl,         wherein C₁₋₆ alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more         halogen, which are the same or different;

-   —Y^(a1)— and —Y^(a1′)— are

-   

-   and

-   —Z^(a) and —Z^(a′) are independently

-   

-   wherein     -   BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)—, —S^(a″)—, —P^(a′), —P^(a″),         —P^(a‴) and a are used as defined for formula (a).

Optionally, the moiety of formula (g-i) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferably, —Y^(a1)— and —Y^(a1′)— of formula (g-i) are both

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is attached to —Z^(a) and —Z^(a′), respectively.

Preferred embodiments of BP^(a), —S^(a)—, —S^(a′)—, —S^(a″)—, —S^(a‴)—, —P^(a′), —P^(a″) and —P^(a‴) of formula (g-i) are as defined above for formula (a).

Preferred embodiments of —S^(g)—, —S^(g′)— and —S^(g″)— of formula (g-i) are as defined for formula (g).

Preferably, —Z^(a) and —Z^(a’) of formula (g-i) have the same structure. Preferably, —Z^(a) and —Z^(a’) of formula (g-i) are of formula (b).

Even more preferably —Z is of formula (h)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—; and

-   each —Z^(c) is a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from about 200 to         250.

Optionally, the moiety of formula (h) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h) are the same.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h) are about 225.

Even more preferably —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is of formula (h-a)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—;

-   each k is independently of each other selected from the group     consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12;

-   —Y^(a1)— and —Y^(a1′)— are

-   

-   and

-   each —Z^(c) is a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from about 200 to         250.

Optionally, the moiety of formula (h-a) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferably, each k of formula (h-a) is independently selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. Preferably, both k of formula (h-a) are identical.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h-a) are the same.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h-a) are about 225.

Preferably, —Y^(a1)— and —Y^(a1′)— of formula (h-a) are both

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is attached to —Z^(a) and —Z^(a′), respectively.

In an even more preferred embodiment the moiety —Z is of formula (h-i)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—; and

-   each —Z^(c) is a moiety

-   

-   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Optionally, the moiety of formula (h-i) is substituted with one or more substituents.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h-i) are the same.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h-i) are about 225.

In an alternative even more preferred embodiment the moiety —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is of formula (h-ia)

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—;

-   —Y^(a1)— and —Y^(a1′)— are

-   

-   and

-   each —Z^(c) is a moiety

-   

-   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Preferably, each k of formula (h-ia) is independently selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. Preferably, both k of formula (h-ia) are identical.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h-ia) are the same.

Preferably both c1 of formula (h-ia) are about 225.

Preferably, —Y^(a1)— and —Y^(a1′)— of formula (h-ia) are both

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is attached to —Z^(a) and —Z^(a′), respectively.

In an equally preferred the embodiment —Z of formula (Ia) or (Ib) comprises a moiety selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   the dashed line indicates attachment to —L²—;

-   s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8, s9, s10, s11, s12, s13, s14 and s15     are independently of each other selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,     8, 9, 10;

-   —X^(d1), —X^(d2), —X^(d3) and —X^(d4) are independently of each     other selected from the group consisting of —OH, —SH and     —NR^(g1)R^(g2); preferably —OH;

-   —X^(e1), —X^(e2), —X^(e3) and —X^(e4) are independently of each     other selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆     alkenyl and C₂₋₆ alkynyl;

-   —R^(g1) and —R^(g2) are independently of each other selected from     the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆     alkynyl;

-   —X^(f1),—X^(f2),—X^(f3), —X^(f4),—X^(f5),     —X^(f6),—X^(f7),—X^(f8),—X^(f9),—X^(f10), —X^(f11), —X^(f12),     —X^(f13) and —X^(f14) are independently of each other selected from     the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl and C₂₋₆     alkynyl; preferably —H;

-   —Y^(d1), —Y^(d2)—, —Y^(d3)— and —Y^(d4)— are independently of each     other selected from the group consisting of

-   

-   

-   —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4) are independently of each     other a protein, more preferably a random coil protein and most     preferably a random coil protein selected from the group consisting     of PA, PAS, PAG, PG and XTEN.

In one preferred embodiment, —Y^(a1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-iv), (j-v) and (j-vi) and —Y^(d1)—, —Y^(d2)—, —Y^(d3)— and —Y^(d4)— of formula (j-vii) are

In another preferred embodiment, —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-iv), (j-v) and (j-vi) and —Y^(d1)—, —Y^(d2)—, —Y^(d3)— and —Y^(d4)— of formula (j-vii) are

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is oriented towards —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4), respectively, and the unmarked dashed line is oriented towards —L²—.

Preferably, —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4,) —X^(f5), —X^(f6), —X^(f7) and —X^(f8) of formula (j-i) are —H; —X^(d1) and —X^(d2) of formula (j-i) are —OH; —X^(e1) and —X^(e2) of formula (j-i) are selected from the group consisting of —H and methyl; and s1, s2, s3 and s4 of formula (j-i) are selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Even more preferably —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X⁵, —X^(f6), —X^(f7) and —X^(f8) of formula (j-i) are —H; —X^(d1) and —X^(d2) of formula (j-i) are —OH; —X^(e1) and —X^(e2) of formula (j-i) are —H; and s1, s2, s3 and s4 of formula (j-i) are 4.

Preferably, —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3) and —X^(f4) of formula (j-ii) are —H; —X^(d1), —X^(d2), —X^(d3) and —X^(d2) of formula (j-ii) are —OH; —X^(e1), —X^(e2), —X^(e3) and —X^(e4) of formula (j-ii) are selected from the group consisting of —H and methyl; s1, s2, s3, s4 and s5 of formula (j-ii) are selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Even more preferably —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3) and —X^(f4) of formula (j-ii) are —H; —X^(d1), —X^(d2), —X^(d3) and —X^(d2) of formula (j-ii) are —OH; —X^(e1), —X^(e2), —X^(e3) and —X^(e4) of formula (j-ii) are —H; s1 is 4 of formula (j-ii) and s2, s3, s4 and s5 of formula (j-ii) are 1.

Preferably, —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4),—X^(f3), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(f9) and —X^(f10) of formula (j-iii) are —H; —X^(d1), —X^(d2), —X^(d3) and —X^(d4) of formula (j-iii) are —OH; —X^(e1), —X^(e2), —X^(e3) and —X^(e4) of formula (j-iii) are selected from the group consisting of —H and methyl; and s1, s2 and s3 of formula (j-iii) are selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Even more preferably —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4),—X^(f3), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(f9) and —X^(f10) of formula (j-iii) are —H; —X^(d1), —X^(d2), —X^(d3) and —X^(d4) of formula (j-iii) are —OH; —X^(e1), —X^(e2), —X^(e3) and —X^(e4) of formula (j-iii) are —H; and s1, s2 and s3 of formula (j-iii) are 4.

Preferably, —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5) and —X^(f6) of formula (j-iv) are —H; s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6 and s7 of formula (j-iv) are selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7; —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— are selected from the group consisting of

In an even more preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5) and —X^(f6) of formula (j-iv) are —H; s1 of formula (j-iv) is 3, s2 of formula (j-iv) is 5, s3 of formula (j-iv) is 2, s4 of formula (j-iv) is 4, s5 of formula (j-iv) is 5, s6 of formula (j-iv) is 2 and s7 of formula (j-iv) is 4; and —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-iv) are

In an equally preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5) and —X^(f6) of formula (j-iv) are —H; s1 of formula (j-iv) is 3, s2 of formula (j-iv) is 5, s3 of formula (j-iv) is 2, s4 of formula (j-iv) is 4, s5 of formula (j-iv) is 5, s6 of formula (j-iv) is 2 and s7 of formula (j-iv) is 4; and —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-iv) are

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is oriented towards —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4), respectively, and the unmarked dashed line is oriented towards —L²—.

Preferably, —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3) and —X^(f4) of formula (j-v) are —H; s1, s2, s3, s4 and s5 of formula (j-v) are selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7; —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-v) are selected from the group consisting of

In an even more preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3) and —X^(f4) of formula (j-v) are —H; s1 of formula (j-v) is 3, s2 of formula (j-v) is 2, s3 of formula (j-v) is 1, s4 of formula (j-v) is 2 and s5 of formula (j-v) is 1; and —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-v) are

In an equally preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3) and —X^(f4) of formula (j-v) are —H; s1 of formula (j-v) is 3, s2 of formula (j-v) is 2, s3 of formula (j-v) is 1, s4 of formula (j-v) is 2 and s5 of formula (j-v) is 1; and —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-v) are

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is oriented towards —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4), respectively, and the unmarked dashed line is oriented towards —L²—.

Preferably, —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4),—X^(f5), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(f9) and —X^(f10) of formula (j-vi) are —H; s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8 and s9 of formula (j-vi) are selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7; —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-vi) are selected from the group consisting of

In an even more preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(r9) and —X^(f10) of formula (j-vi) are —H; s1 of formula (j-vi) is 4, s2 of formula (j-vi) is 5, s3 of formula (j-vi) is 2, s4 of formula (j-vi) is 4, s5 of formula (j-vi) is 4, s6 of formula (j-vi) is 5, s7 of formula (j-vi) is 2, s8 of formula (j-vi) is 4 and s9 of formula (j-vi) is 4; and —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-v) are

In an equally preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(f9) and —X^(f10) of formula (j-vi) are —H; s1 of formula (j-vi) is 4, s2 of formula (j-vi) is 5, s3 of formula (j-vi) is 2, s4 of formula (j-vi) is 4, s5 of formula (j-vi) is 4, s6 of formula (j-vi) is 5, s7 of formula (j-vi) is 2, s8 of formula (j-vi) is 4 and s9 of formula (j-vi) is 4; and —Y^(d1)— and —Y^(d2)— of formula (j-v) are

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is oriented towards —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4), respectively, and the unmarked dashed line is oriented towards —L²—.

Preferably, —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(f9), —X^(f10), —X^(f11), —X^(f12), —X^(f13) and —X^(f14) of formula (j-vii) are —H; s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8, s9, s10, s11, s12, s13, s14 and s15 of formula (j-vii) are selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7; —Y^(d1)—, —Y^(d2)—, —Y^(d3)— and —Y^(d4)— of formula (j-vii) are selected from the group consisting of

In an even more preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(f9), —X^(f10), —X^(f11), —X^(f12), —X^(f13) and —X^(f14) of formula (j-vii) are —H; are —H; s1 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s2 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s3 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s4 of formula (j-vii) is 2, s5 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s6 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s7 of formula (j-vii) is 2, s8 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s9 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s10 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s11 of formula (j-vii) is 2, s12 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s13 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s14 of formula (j-vii) is 2 and s15 of formula (j-vii) is 4; and —Y^(d1)—, —Y^(d2)—, —Y^(d3)— and —Y^(d4)— of formula (j-vii) are

In an equally preferred embodiment —X^(f1), —X^(f2), —X^(f3), —X^(f4), —X^(f5), —X^(f6), —X^(f7), —X^(f8), —X^(f9), —X^(f10), —X^(f11), —X^(f12), —X^(f13) and —X^(f14) of formula (j-vii) are —H; are —H; s1 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s2 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s3 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s4 of formula (j-vii) is 2, s5 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s6 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s7 of formula (j-vii) is 2, s8 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s9 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s10 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s11 of formula (j-vii) is 2, s12 of formula (j-vii) is 4, s13 of formula (j-vii) is 5, s14 of formula (j-vii) is 2 and s15 of formula (j-vii) is 4; and —Y^(d1)—, —Y^(d2)—, —Y^(d3)— and —Y^(d4)— of formula (j-vii) are

wherein the dashed line marked with the asterisk is oriented towards —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4), respectively, and the unmarked dashed line is oriented towards —L²—.

Preferably —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4) of formula (j-i), (j-ii), (j-iii), (j-iv), (j-v), (j-vi) and (j-vii) have the same structure.

In one embodiment —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4) of formula (j-i), (j-ii), (j-iii), (j-iv), (j-v), (j-vi) and (j-vii) are a PA moiety.

In another embodiment —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4) of formula (j-i), (j-ii), (j-iii), (j-iv), (j-v), (j-vi) and (j-vii) are a PAS moiety.

In another embodiment—Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4) of formula (j-i), (j-ii), (j-iii), (j-iv), (j-v), (j-vi) and (j-vii) are a PAG moiety.

In another embodiment —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4) of formula (j-i), (j-ii), (j-iii), (j-iv), (j-v), (j-vi) and (j-vii) are a PG moiety.

In another embodiment —Z^(d1), —Z^(d2), —Z^(d3) and —Z^(d4) of formula (j-i), (j-ii), (j-iii), (j-iv), (j-v), (j-vi) and (j-vii) are a XTEN moiety.

In a preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIe)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to a     moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, c1 of formula (IIe) is about 450.

In an equally preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIe-i)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to a     moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, c1 of formula (IIe-i) is about 450.

In another equally preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIe-ii)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to a     moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, c1 of formula (IIe-ii) is about 450.

Preferably -D of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) is a CNP moiety, i.e. the prodrug of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) is a CNP prodrug. Even more preferably -D of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) is a CNP moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:25 or SEQ ID NO:30. Most preferably -D of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) is a CNP moiety CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In one embodiment —D of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) is a CNP moiety which is attached to —L¹— through the nitrogen of the N-terminal amine functional group of CNP.

In a preferred embodiment —D of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) is a CNP moiety which is attached to —L¹— through a nitrogen provided by the amine functional group of a lysine side chain of the CNP moiety.

In one embodiment said lysine side chain is not part of the ring formed by the disulphide bridge between the cysteine residues at positions 22 and 38, if the CNP moiety is of SEQ ID NO:24.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 9, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 11, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 15, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 16, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 20, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In a preferred embodiment said lysine side chain is part of the ring formed by the disulphide bridge between the cysteine residues at positions 22 and 38, if the CNP moiety is of SEQ ID NO:24.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIe), (IIe-i) and (IIe-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

It is understood that the positions of the cysteines and lysines mentioned above vary depending on the lengths of the CNP moiety and that the person skilled in the art will have no difficulty identifying the corresponding cysteines and lysines in longer or shorter versions of the CNP moiety and also understands that for example some lysines may not be present in shorter CNP moieties. It is further understood that as a result of for example site-directed mutagenesis there might be more lysine residues in the non-ring forming part and/or ring forming part of the CNP moiety.

In a preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIe), wherein c1 is about 450, —D is a CNP moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIe-i), wherein c1 is about 450, the CNP moiety has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIe-ii), wherein c1 is about 450, the CNP moiety has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   each —Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250;             preferably each n is about 225.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIf) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf-i)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   each —Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250;             preferably each n is about 225.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIf-i) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf-ii)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   each —Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250;             preferably each n is about 225.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIf-ii) is about 225.

Preferably -D of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) is a CNP moiety, i.e. the prodrug of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) is a CNP prodrug. Even more preferably -D of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) is a CNP moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:25 or SEQ ID NO:30. Most preferably —D of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) is a CNP moiety CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In one embodiment —D of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) is a CNP moiety which is attached to —L¹— through the nitrogen of the N-terminal amine functional group of CNP.

In a preferred embodiment —D of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) is a CNP moiety which is attached to —L¹— through a nitrogen provided by the amine functional group of a lysine side chain of the CNP moiety.

In one embodiment said lysine side chain is not part of the ring formed by the disulphide bridge between the cysteine residues at positions 22 and 38, if the CNP moiety is of SEQ ID NO:24.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 9, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 11, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 15, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 16, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIf), (IIf-i) and (IIf-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 20, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In a preferred embodiment said lysine side chain is part of the ring formed by the disulphide bridge between the cysteine residues at positions 22 and 38, if the CNP moiety is of SEQ ID NO:24.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIf) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf-i), wherein c1 is about 225, the CNP moiety has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf-ii), wherein c1 is about 225, the CNP moiety has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

It is understood that the positions of the cysteines and lysines mentioned above vary depending on the lengths of the CNP moiety and that the person skilled in the art will have no difficulty identifying the corresponding cysteines and lysines in longer or shorter versions of the CNP moiety and also understands that for example some lysines may not be present in shorter CNP moieties. It is further understood that as a result of for example site-directed mutagenesis there might be more lysine residues in the non-ring forming part and/or ring forming part of the CNP moiety.

In a preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf), wherein c1 is about 225, —D is a CNP moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf ′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   each Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIf′) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf-i′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   each Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIf-i′) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf-ii′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   each Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIf-ii′) is about 225.

In an equally preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond;

-   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11 and 12; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk     indicates attachment to a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, c1 of formula (IIea) is about 450.

Preferably, k of formula (IIea) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

In an equally preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea-i)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond;

-   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11 and 12; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk     indicates attachment to a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, k of formula (IIea-i) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, c1 of formula (IIea-i) is about 450.

In another equally preferred embodiment the CNP agonist prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea-ii)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond;

-   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11 and 12; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk     indicates attachment to a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, k of formula (IIea-ii) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, c1 of formula (IIea-ii) is about 450.

Preferably —D of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) is a CNP moiety, i.e. the prodrug of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) is a CNP prodrug. Even more preferably —D of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) is a CNP moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:25 or SEQ ID NO:30. Most preferably —D of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) is a CNP moiety CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In one embodiment —D of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) is a CNP moiety which is attached to —L¹— through the nitrogen of the N-terminal amine functional group of CNP.

In a preferred embodiment —D of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) is a CNP moiety which is attached to —L¹— through a nitrogen provided by the amine functional group of a lysine side chain of the CNP moiety.

In one embodiment said lysine side chain is not part of the ring formed by the disulphide bridge between the cysteine residues at positions 22 and 38, if the CNP moiety is of SEQ ID NO:24.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 9, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 11, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 15, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 16, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 20, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In a preferred embodiment said lysine side chain is part of the ring formed by the disulphide bridge between the cysteine residues at positions 22 and 38, if the CNP moiety is of SEQ ID NO:24.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the CNP moiety is connected to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIea), (IIea-i) and (IIea-ii) through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26, if the CNP has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

It is understood that the positions of the cysteines and lysines mentioned above vary depending on the lengths of the CNP moiety and that the person skilled in the art will have no difficulty identifying the corresponding cysteines and lysines in longer or shorter versions of the CNP moiety and also understands that for example some lysines may not be present in shorter CNP moieties. It is further understood that as a result of for example site-directed mutagenesis there might be more lysine residues in the non-ring forming part and/or ring forming part of the CNP moiety.

In a preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea), wherein c1 is about 450, —D is a CNP moiety having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea-i), wherein c1 is about 450, the CNP moiety has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea-ii), wherein c1 is about 450, the CNP moiety has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and is attached to —L¹— through the amine functional group provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26.

Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to the nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond;

-   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11 and 12; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk     indicates attachment to a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, k of formula (IIea′) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIea′) is about 450.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea-i′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond;

-   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11 and 12; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk     indicates attachment to a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, k of formula (IIea-i′) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIea-i′) is about 450.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIea-ii′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond;

-   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,     9, 10, 11 and 12; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk     indicates attachment to a moiety

-   

-   wherein     -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 400 to 500.

Preferably, k of formula (IIea-ii′) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIea-ii′) is about 450.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIfa)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,         8, 9, 10, 11 and 12;

    -   each —Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250;             preferably each n is about 225.

Preferably, k of formula (IIfa) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIfa) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIfa-i)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,         8, 9, 10, 11 and 12;

    -   each —Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250;             preferably each n is about 225.

Preferably, k of formula (IIfa-i) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIfa-i) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIfa-ii)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of     —D which is a CNP moiety by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,         8, 9, 10, 11 and 12; each —Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250;             preferably each n is about 225.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIfa-ii) is about 225.

In one embodiment the CNP moiety of the CNP prodrug of formula (IIfa), (IIfa-i) and (IIfa-ii) has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:25.

In another embodiment the CNP moiety of the CNP prodrug of formula (IIfa), (IIfa-i) and (IIfa-ii) has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:30.

In a preferred embodiment the CNP moiety of the CNP prodrug of formula (IIfa), (IIfa-i) and (IIfa-ii) has the sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.

In one embodiment the CNP moiety is attached to —L¹— in the CNP prodrug of formula (IIfa), (IIfa-i) and (IIfa-ii) through the nitrogen of the N-terminal amine functional group of CNP.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIf a′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to the nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,         8, 9, 10, 11 and 12;

    -   each Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Preferably, k of formula (IIfa′) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIfa′) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIfa-i′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,         8, 9, 10, 11 and 12;

    -   each Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Preferably, k of formula (IIfa-i′) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIfa-i′) is about 225.

In another preferred embodiment the CNP prodrug of the present invention is of formula (IIfa-ii′)

wherein

-   the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen     provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP     moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond; and

-   the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z     having the structure

-   

-   wherein     -   k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,         8, 9, 10, 11 and 12;

    -   each Z^(a) is

    -   

    -   wherein         -   each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to 250.

Preferably, k of formula (IIfa-ii′) is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

Preferably, each c1 of formula (IIfa-ii′) is about 225.

It is understood that each combination of a controlled-release CNP agonist and the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug has certain preferred ranges of ratios with may vary depending on the disease to be treated.

For example, in one embodiment the at least one further drug is a statin. An efficient dose for rosuvastatin ranges from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, more preferred 0.1 mg/kg to 5 mg/kg, even more preferred about 1 mg/kg.

Based on the conversion table (Table 1) below, a person skilled in the art will be able to select the doses of other statins.

Approximate Equivalent Daily Doses of Statins (based on LDL Lowering effect) Lovastatin Simvastatin Fluvastatin Pravastatin Atorvastatin Rosuvastatin Pitavastatin 20 mg 10 mg 40 mg 20 mg - - 1 mg 40 mg 20 mg 80 mg 40 mg 10 mg - 2 mg 80 mg 40 mg - - 20 mg - 4 mg - 80 mg - - 40 mg 10 mg - - - - - 80 mg 20 mg -

If the controlled-release CNP agonist is for example combined with rosuvastatin, the ratios of controlled-release CNP agonist as measured in mg/kg CNP agonist equivalents to rosuvastatin preferably ranges from 1:1 to 24:1.

Typical and preferred ranges for other drugs are provided above.

The CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety can be formulated for simultaneous, separate or sequential administration.

In one embodiment the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety are formulated for simultaneous administration.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety are formulated for separate administration.

In another embodiment the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety are formulated for sequential administration. When the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety are administered sequentially, the administration of each can be by the same or different methods. The CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, may be administered at the same time as the at least one further biologically active moiety, may be administered less often, or may be administered more often. Sequential administration also includes a combination where the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety may be administered at different times or by different routes or both, but which act in combination to provide a beneficial effect.

In one embodiment the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, is administered every 24 hours, every 48 hours, every 72 hours, every 96 hours, every 120 hours, every 144 hours, every 168 hours, every 192 hours, every 216 hours or every week. In one embodiment the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, is administered every 24 hours. In another embodiment the CNP agonist, preferably controlled-release CNP agonist, is administered every week.

In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety is administered every 24 hours, every 48 hours, every 72 hours, every 96 hours, every 120 hours, every 144 hours, every 168 hours, every 192 hours, every 216 hours or every week. In one embodiment the at least one further biologically active moiety is administered every 24 hours. In another embodiment at least one further biologically active moiety is administered every week.

The CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety may be administered via topical, enteral or parenteral administration and by methods of external application, injection or infusion, including intraarticular, periarticular, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intravitreal, intratympanic, intravesical, intracardiac, transtracheal, subcuticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, intraventricular, intrasternal injection and infusion, direct delivery to the brain via implanted device allowing delivery of the invention or the like to brain tissue or brain fluids (e.g., Ommaya Reservoir), direct intracerebroventricular injection or infusion, injection or infusion into brain or brain associated regions, injection into the subchoroidal space, retro-orbital injection and ocular instillation, preferably via subcutaneous injection.

A preferred mode of administration is via intravenous or subcutaneous injection and most preferably is via subcutaneous injection.

A preferred combination is a controlled-release CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist of formula (IIf) and a controlled-release growth hormone, preferably human growth hormone and most preferably the human growth hormone having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:99. Most preferably the controlled-release growth hormone has the structure of formula (A1).

Preferably, the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety are formulated for simultaneous administration, i.e. both the CNP agonist, preferably the controlled-release CNP agonist, and the at least one further biologically active moiety are formulated in one pharmaceutical composition. Preferably, such pharmaceutical composition is administered once weekly.

Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one controlled-release CNP agonist, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one further biologically active moiety or drug.

In one embodiment the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is a liquid or suspension formulation. It is understood that the pharmaceutical composition is a suspension formulation if at least one of the controlled-release CNP agonist or the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is water-insoluble.

In another embodiment the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is a dry formulation.

Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises one or more excipients.

Excipients used in parenteral formulations may be categorized as, for example, buffering agents, isotonicity modifiers, preservatives, stabilizers, anti-adsorption agents, oxidation protection agents, viscosifiers/viscosity enhancing agents, or other auxiliary agents. However, in some cases, one excipient may have dual or triple functions. Preferably, the at least one excipient comprised in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of

-   (i) Buffering agents: physiologically tolerated buffers to maintain     pH in a desired range, such as sodium phosphate, bicarbonate,     succinate, histidine, citrate and acetate, sulphate, nitrate,     chloride, pyruvate; antacids such as Mg(OH)₂ or ZnCO₃ may be also     used; -   (ii) Isotonicity modifiers: to minimize pain that can result from     cell damage due to osmotic pressure differences at the injection     depot; glycerin and sodium chloride are examples; effective     concentrations can be determined by osmometry using an assumed     osmolality of 285-315 mOsmol/kg for serum; -   (iii) Preservatives and/or antimicrobials: multidose parenteral     formulations require the addition of preservatives at a sufficient     concentration to minimize risk of patients becoming infected upon     injection and corresponding regulatory requirements have been     established; typical preservatives include m-cresol, phenol,     methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben, butylparaben,     chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, thimerosal,     sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, benzoic acid, chlorocresol, and     benzalkonium chloride; -   (iv) Stabilizers: Stabilisation is achieved by strengthening of the     protein-stabilising forces, by destabilisation of the denatured     state, or by direct binding of excipients to the protein;     stabilizers may be amino acids such as alanine, arginine, aspartic     acid, glycine, histidine, lysine, proline, sugars such as glucose,     sucrose, trehalose, polyols such as glycerol, mannitol, sorbitol,     salts such as potassium phosphate, sodium sulphate, chelating agents     such as EDTA, hexaphosphate, ligands such as divalent metal ions     (zinc, calcium, etc.), other salts or organic molecules such as     phenolic derivatives; in addition, oligomers or polymers such as     cyclodextrins, dextran, dendrimers, PEG or PVP or protamine or HSA     may be used; -   (v) Anti-adsorption agents: Mainly ionic or non-ionic surfactants or     other proteins or soluble polymers are used to coat or adsorb     competitively to the inner surface of the formulation’s container;     e.g., poloxamer (Pluronic F-68), PEG dodecyl ether (Brij 35),     polysorbate 20 and 80, dextran, polyethylene glycol,     PEG-polyhistidine, BSA and HSA and gelatins; chosen concentration     and type of excipient depends on the effect to be avoided but     typically a monolayer of surfactant is formed at the interface just     above the CMC value; -   (vi) Oxidation protection agents: antioxidants such as ascorbic     acid, ectoine, methionine, glutathione, monothioglycerol, morin,     polyethylenimine (PEI), propyl gallate, and vitamin E; chelating     agents such as citric acid, EDTA, hexaphosphate, and thioglycolic     acid may also be used; -   (vii) Viscosifiers or viscosity enhancers: retard settling of the     particles in the vial and syringe and are used in order to     facilitate mixing and resuspension of the particles and to make the     suspension easier to inject (i.e., low force on the syringe     plunger); suitable viscosifiers or viscosity enhancers are, for     example, carbomer viscosifiers like Carbopol 940, Carbopol Ultrez     10, cellulose derivatives like hydroxypropylmethylcellulose     (hypromellose, HPMC) or diethylaminoethyl cellulose (DEAE or     DEAE-C), colloidal magnesium silicate (Veegum) or sodium silicate,     hydroxyapatite gel, tricalcium phosphate gel, xanthans, carrageenans     like Satia gum UTC 30, aliphatic poly(hydroxy acids), such as     poly(D,L- or L-lactic acid) (PLA) and poly(glycolic acid) (PGA) and     their copolymers (PLGA), terpolymers of D,L-lactide, glycolide and     caprolactone, poloxamers, hydrophilic poly(oxyethylene) blocks and     hydrophobic poly(oxypropylene) blocks to make up a triblock of     poly(oxyethylene)-poly(oxypropylene)-poly(oxyethylene) (e.g.     Pluronic®), polyetherester copolymer, such as a polyethylene glycol     terephthalate/polybutylene terephthalate copolymer, sucrose acetate     isobutyrate (SAIB), dextran or derivatives thereof, combinations of     dextrans and PEG, polydimethylsiloxane, collagen, chitosan,     polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and derivatives, polyalkylimides, poly     (acrylamide-co-diallyldimethyl ammonium (DADMA)),     polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) such as     dermatan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, keratan sulfate, heparin,     heparan sulfate, hyaluronan, ABA triblock or AB block copolymers     composed of hydrophobic A-blocks, such as polylactide (PLA) or     poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA), and hydrophilic B-blocks, such as     polyethylene glycol (PEG) or polyvinyl pyrrolidone; such block     copolymers as well as the abovementioned poloxamers may exhibit     reverse thermal gelation behavior (fluid state at room temperature     to facilitate administration and gel state above sol-gel transition     temperature at body temperature after injection); -   (viii) Spreading or diffusing agent: modifies the permeability of     connective tissue through the hydrolysis of components of the     extracellular matrix in the interstitial space such as but not     limited to hyaluronic acid, a polysaccharide found in the     intercellular space of connective tissue; a spreading agent such as     but not limited to hyaluronidase temporarily decreases the viscosity     of the extracellular matrix and promotes diffusion of injected     drugs; and -   (ix) Other auxiliary agents: such as wetting agents, viscosity     modifiers, antibiotics, hyaluronidase; acids and bases such as     hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide are auxiliary agents     necessary for pH adjustment during manufacture.

Another aspect of the present invention is the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention for use as a medicament.

Another aspect of the present invention is the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention for use in the treatment of a patient suffering from a disorder that benefits from stimulating growth.

Preferably, the patient is a mammalian patient, more preferably a human patient.

Preferably, disorders that benefit from stimulating growth are selected from the group comprising achondroplasia, hypochondroplasia, short stature, dwarfism, osteochondrodysplasias, thanatophoric dysplasia, osteogenesis imperfecta, achondrogenesis, chondrodysplasia punctata, homozygous achondroplasia, camptomelic dysplasia, congenital lethal hypophosphatasia, perinatal lethal type of osteogenesis imperfecta, short-rib polydactyly syndromes, rhizomelic type of chondrodysplasia punctata, Jansen-type metaphyseal dysplasia, spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia congenita, atelosteogenesis, diastrophic dysplasia, congenital short femur, Langer-type mesomelic dysplasia, Nievergelt-type mesomelic dysplasia, Robinow syndrome, Reinhardt syndrome, acrodysostosis, peripheral dysostosis, Kniest dysplasia, fibrochondrogenesis, Roberts syndrome, acromesomelic dysplasia, micromelia, Morquio syndrome, Kniest syndrome, metatrophic dysplasia, and spondyloepimetaphyseal dysplasia. Most preferably, the disorder that benefits from stimulating growth is achondroplasia.

Another aspect of the present invention is a method of treating a patient suffering from a disorder that benefits from stimulating growth by administering the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

Preferably, the patient is a mammalian patient, more preferably a human patient.

Preferably, such disorders that benefit from stimulating growth are selected from the group comprising achondroplasia, hypochondroplasia, short stature, dwarfism, osteochondrodysplasias, thanatophoric dysplasia, osteogenesis imperfecta, achondrogenesis, chondrodysplasia punctata, homozygous achondroplasia, camptomelic dysplasia, congenital lethal hypophosphatasia, perinatal lethal type of osteogenesis imperfecta, short-rib polydactyly syndromes, rhizomelic type of chondrodysplasia punctata, Jansen-type metaphyseal dysplasia, spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia congenita, atelosteogenesis, diastrophic dysplasia, congenital short femur, Langer-type mesomelic dysplasia, Nievergelt-type mesomelic dysplasia, Robinow syndrome, Reinhardt syndrome, acrodysostosis, peripheral dysostosis, Kniest dysplasia, fibrochondrogenesis, Roberts syndrome, acromesomelic dysplasia, micromelia, Morquio syndrome, Kniest syndrome, metatrophic dysplasia, and spondyloepimetaphyseal dysplasia. Most preferably, the disorder that benefits from stimulating growth is achondroplasia.

If the CNP agonist is a polypeptide, such polypeptide may be prepared by standard solid-phase peptide synthesis methods, e.g. by Boc chemistry (R. B. Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85(14): 2149-2154 (1963)). Alternatively, Fmoc (fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl) chemistry may be employed.

Methods known in the art can be employed to improve purity and/or yield, including the use of pseudoproline or other dipeptide building blocks, fragment coupling and others (J.Wade et al., Lett. Pept. Sci., 7(2):107- (2000); Y.Fujiwara et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 44(7):1326-1331 (1996); P. Cherkupally et al., Eur. J. Org. Chem., 6372-6378 (2013)).

Alternatively, if the CNP agonist is a polypeptide, such polypeptide may be produced by recombinant synthesis processes.

Methods

Reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate 1 was synthesized as described in WO2016/110577, example 11 (compound 11i).

EXAMPLES Example 1 Administration of Reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4x10 kDa conjugate in combination With Rosuvastatin is More Effective in Ameliorating the Achondroplasia Phenotype Than Either Agent Alone

Method: Rosuvastatin and the reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate are administered by intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection, respectively, to Fgfr3Y367C/+ mice from day 1 of birth and for a total of 15 days. Animals are sacrificed on day 16 and tissues fixed for histologic or immunohistochemical analysis. Either compound is administered alone or in combination. The dose levels employed for Rosuvastatin are 0.25, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 mg/kg. The reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate is employed at dose levels of 1.5 3.0 and 6.0 mg/kg CNP equivalents. The reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate/Rosuvastatin ratios are based on doses administered in mg/kg for Rosuvastatin or CNP equivalents for the reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate/Rosuvastatin. The ratios ranges from 1:1-24:1

Reversion of phenotypical features are assessed using whole body autoradiography. The animals are placed on their right side, with the left hind leg more forward than the right, to allow both hind legs to be visible on the X-ray. Bones obtained at necropsy include femur, tibia, humerus, ulna, lumbar vertebra segment L 4-6 and are measured with a caliper.

Results: The combination of Rosuvastatin and the reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate are found to increase body length and length of extremities. Amelioration of key relevant achondroplasia clinical features including bowed femur and tibia, anterior crossbite and domed skull are observed in treated animals. The beneficial effect on reversal of the achondroplasic phenotype is observed in both animals treated with a single agent and in combination. Combination of reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate and Rosuvastatin are found to be superior in efficacy to an equivalent dose of the reversible Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate or Rosuvastatin administered alone.

Example 2 Administration of Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa Conjugate (TransCon CNP, ACP-015) in Combination With Somatropin is More Effective in Growth Induction in Hypophysectomized Rats Than Either Agent Alone

Method: This study was performed in order to test and compare the effect of Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate, Somatropin and combinations of the two compounds in an animal model relevant for investigating treatment of growth deficiency. The Somatropin (human growth hormone, hGH) was a United States Pharmacopeia (USP) Reference Standard and was prepared according to supplier instructions. Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate and Somatropin were administered alone or in combination via subcutaneous injection to hypophysectomized (HYPOX) SPF Sprague Dawley rats for a total of 29 days. The animals were dosed daily with Somatropin or vehicle, and weekly with Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate (at two different sites in animals receiving both test items on days 1, 8, 15, 22, and 29). The dose levels employed for Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate were 0.3, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/kg. Somatropin was employed at 10 µL/animal with a concentration of 10 µg/mL (~8-10 µg/kg with animal weights between 100-120 g during the study period). The animals were weighed predose and once daily during the dosing period. Body weight gain was calculated from these data. Animals were sacrificed on day 30, and femur and tibia were trimmed and their length measured using a caliper. Hereafter, right tibia was fixed and processed for histologic and histomorphometric analysis.

Results: Significant body weight gains were observed for HYPOX rats treated with Somatropin or Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate alone compared to vehicle treated group. Administration of Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate and Somatropin in combination were found to increase body weight in an additive manner (Table 2).

TABLE 2 Body weight gain (BWG) from day 0 (predose) to day 28. Low dose = 0.3 mg/mL, mid dose = 1.0 mg/mL, high dose = 2.0 mg/mL Average BWG (g) (±SE) Vehicle -0.78 (±0.64) Somatropin 4.44 (±0.94) Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate low dose 7.89 (±1.53) Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate mid dose 8.44 (±0.93) Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate high dose 8.89 (±1.24) Somatropin + Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate low dose 7.78 (±1.17) Somatropin + Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate mid dose 11.89 (±1.23) Somatropin + Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate high dose 13.00 (±0.75)

A dose related increase in mean longitudinal growth of long bones were found in Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate treated animals (femur: 0.95±0.20, 1.29±0.16, 1.81±0.17 mm, tibia: 1.43±0.28, 1.85±0.18, 2.06±0.18 mm for 0.3, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/kg Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate, respectively). Only a small increase in bone length was observed on tibia (0.55±0.17 mm) and no increase on femur (-0.04±0.08 mm) in Somatropin treated animals relative to the vehicle group. Hence, it was a surprise to find that Somatropin enhanced the mean effect (30%) of 2.0 mg/ Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate on femur length when the two compounds were administered in combination (2.35±0.24 mm).

A histologic evaluation examining the width of the endochondral/ossification zone after treatment with vehicle, Somatropin, Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate, or Somatropin + Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate demonstrated superior efficacy (growth potential) in the combination groups compared to groups that received Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate alone. The endochondral/ossification zone width in Somatropin treated animals did not differ from background (vehicle).

TABLE 3 Histologic evaluation of HE stained right tibia with focus on growth zone morphology Decrease Increase Sum of grades Minimal Normal Minimal Mild Moderate Vehicle 2 7 Somatropin 9 Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×x10 kDa conjugate Low dose 0 9 18 Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate Mid dose 0 9 18 Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate High dose 0 7 2 20 Somatropin + Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate Low dose 0 9 18 Somatropin + Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate Mid dose 0 5 4 22 Somatropin + Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×x10 kDa conjugate High dose 0 1 8 26 Width of the endochondral/ossification zone was classified using the following 5-grade system: normal=0 (within normal range), minimal=1, mild=2, moderate=3, marked=4, and massive=5 Number of animals observed in each group are listed within the categories Sum of grades = (n animals * grade 1) + (n animals * grade 2) + (n animals * grade 3)

Hence, it was a surprise to find the width of the endochondral/ossification zone increased by 30% in animals treated with the combination of Somatropin and 2.0 mg/mL Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate compared to animals treated with solely 2.0 mg/mL Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate (ACP-015) (Table 3).

These observations of surprising benefits from combining treatment of Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate and Somatropin were supported by histomorphometric measurements of the proliferative zone width in the same tibial growth plates. The width of the proliferative zone in Somatropin treated animals was not different from control (vehicle) animals. A dose-related increase in mean width (±SE) of the proliferative zone was found in Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate treated animals (4.94±2.69, 17.69±6.57, 30.61±4.06 µm for 0.3, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/kg Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4x10 kDa conjugate, respectively). A similar but further augmented dose related increase in mean width of the proliferative zone was found in animals treated with the combination of Somatropin and Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate (13.45±2.16, 30.05±4.27, 41.60±2.50 µm for 0.3, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/kg Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate (ACP-015) + Somatropin, respectively). It was a surprise to find this increase in width in combination-treated animals compared to animals treated with only Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate since the tested dose of Somatropin on its own failed to stimulate the proliferative zone. Moreover, it was surprising to find that Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate and Somatropin in combination stimulated a response in all dosed animals compared to animals treated only with Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate where non- and low-responders were observed within the groups (FIG. 2 ). This was also reflected in the reduced distribution of individual responses within the combination treated groups compared to groups of animals treated only with Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conj ugate.

Conclusion: Combination of Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate and Somatropin were found to be superior in efficacy compared to Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate or Somatropin administered alone. The presented data shows a combinatorial effect from hGH and Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate treatment with both additive and surprising synergistic effects (above 25% an additive effect). Importantly, the combination of Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate and Somatropin were found to eliminate the non- and low-responders observed in groups of animals dosed only with Lys26 CNP-38 PEG4×10 kDa conjugate. 

1-51. (canceled)
 52. A method of treating a disorder that benefits from stimulating growth in a patient having the disorder, the method comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of a CNP agonist, wherein the patient is also administered at least one further biologically active moiety or drug, wherein the CNP agonist and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug in combination treat the disorder.
 53. The method of claim 52, wherein the CNP agonist is or comprises a CNP agonist selected from the group consisting of small molecules, natural products, oligonucleotides, polypeptides and proteins.
 54. The method of claim 52, wherein the CNP agonist is a CNP having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30, 32, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 91 or
 92. 55. The method of claim 52, wherein the CNP agonist is a controlled-release CNP agonist.
 56. The method of claim 52, wherein the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is selected from the group consisting of antihistamines; human anti-FGFR3 antibodies; soluble forms of human fibroblast growth factor receptor 3; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; statins; CNP agonists; growth hormone; IGF-1; ANP; BNP; inhibitors of peptidases and proteases; and inhibitors of NPR-C.
 57. The method of claim 52, wherein the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is human growth hormone.
 58. The method of claim 52, wherein the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is a drug in its free form.
 59. The method of claim 52, wherein the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is in the form of a stable conjugate.
 60. The method of claim 52, wherein the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is a controlled-release compound.
 61. The method of claim 52, wherein the CNP agonist and the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug are administered separately.
 62. The method of claim 52, wherein the CNP agonist and the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug are formulated in one pharmaceutical composition for simultaneous administration.
 63. The method of claim 52, wherein the disorder that benefits from stimulating growth are selected from the group comprising achondroplasia, hypochondroplasia, short stature, dwarfism, osteochondrodysplasias, thanatophoric dysplasia, osteogenesis imperfecta, achondrogenesis, chondrodysplasia punctata, homozygous achondroplasia, camptomelic dysplasia, congenital lethal hypophosphatasia, perinatal lethal type of osteogenesis imperfecta, short-rib polydactyly syndromes, rhizomelic type of chondrodysplasia punctata, Jansen-type metaphyseal dysplasia, spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia congenita, atelosteogenesis, diastrophic dysplasia, congenital short femur, Langer-type mesomelic dysplasia, Nievergelt-type mesomelic dysplasia, Robinow syndrome, Reinhardt syndrome, acrodysostosis, peripheral dysostosis, Kniest dysplasia, fibrochondrogenesis, Roberts syndrome, acromesomelic dysplasia, micromelia, Morquio syndrome, Kniest syndrome, metatrophic dysplasia, and spondyloepimetaphyseal dysplasia.
 64. The method of claim 52, wherein the disorder that benefits from stimulating growth is achondroplasia.
 65. The method of claim 52, wherein the controlled-release CNP agonist is water-soluble.
 66. The method of claim 52, wherein the controlled-release CNP agonist is a CNP agonist compound of formula (Ia) or (Ib)

wherein —D is a CNP agonist moiety; —L¹— is a reversible prodrug linker moiety; —L²— is a single chemical bond or a spacer moiety; —Z is a water-soluble carrier moiety; x is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16; and y is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4 and
 5. 67. The method of claim 52, wherein the controlled-release CNP agonist is a CNP prodrug of formula (IIfa′)

wherein the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to the nitrogen provided by the side chain of the lysine at position 26 of the CNP moiety of SEQ ID NO:24 by forming an amide bond; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z having the structure

wherein k is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12; each Z^(a) is

wherein each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to
 250. 67. The method of claim 52, further comprising administering the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug to the patient.
 68. The method of claim 67, wherein the CNP agonist and at least one further biologically active moiety or drug are administered separately to the patient.
 69. The method of claim 67, wherein the at least one further biologically active moiety or drug is of formula (A1):

.
 70. The method of claim 69, wherein the CNP agonist is of formula (IIf)

wherein the unmarked dashed line indicates the attachment to a nitrogen of —D which is a CNP agonist moiety by forming an amide bond; and the dashed line marked with the asterisk indicates attachment to —Z having the structure

wherein each —Z^(a) is

wherein each c1 is an integer independently ranging from 200 to
 250. 